Home

Mazda MAZDA5 Owner's Manual

1. DESCRIPTION ea G PROTECTED COMPONENT 1 IG KEY1 50A For protection of various circuits 2 AD FAN 30A Cooling fan GLOW2 3 HEATER2 30A Air conditioner FAN1 4 EGI MAIN 40 A Engine control system 5 INJ FAN2 6 ABS P 40A ABS DSC 7 P SLIDE L 8 eee 20 A Transaxle control system 9 HEATER1 40A Air conditioner DCDC2 n ee 30A Air conditioner 11 BTN 60 A For protection of various circuits 12 IG KEY2 40 A For protection of various circuits 8 53 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance DESCRIPTION RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT 13 FANI 30A Cooling fan AT PUMP 14 P SLIDE R 15 EHPAS 80A Power assist steering 16 FOG 15A Fog lights 17 D LOCK 20 A Power door lock 18 P WIND 20 A Power window AT PUMP 12 TCM 20 HEAD HI 20A Headlight high beam 21 ENG B 10A Engine control system 22 STOP 10A Brake lights 23 ee Sone 20A Fuel system 24 HAZARD 10A Hazard warning flasher Turn signal lights 25 ROOM 15A Overhead lights 26 TAIL 15A Taillights Parking lights License plate lights ENG FAN 27 A C MAG 10A Air conditioner 28 ABS V 20A ABS Dynamic stability control system HORN 39 SUN ROOF 20A _ Moonroof AUDIO 30 H CLEAN DCDC3 HORN 15A Horn ABS V 32 TAIL 33 ILLUMI 7
2. BAR CODE w J A WARNING Exceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and could result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle or loss of control Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle damage 9 39 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A GCW GCW Gross Combination Weight is the weight of the loaded vehicle GVW GCWR Gross Combination Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage The GCW must never exceed the GCWR A WARNING Exceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident injury or damage to the vehicle Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Re
3. 6 4 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Fully Automatic Type Climate control information is displayed on the information display Auto switch Windshield defroster switch OFF switch Temperature control dial Mode selector switch Fan control dial Ww O FRONT eE ee James M2 AIC switch Air intake selector Rear ventilation control switch Rear window defogger switch V Control Switches e Outside Recirculated air selection AUTO switch e Air conditioner operation NOTE AUTO switch indicator light When on it indicates AUTO operation and the system will function automatically Ifany of the following dials or switches are operated while in AUTO control the AUTO switch indicator turns off e Mode selector switch Fan control dial By pressing the AUTO switch the Windshield defroster switch following functions will be automatically The functions for dials and switches other controlled in accordance with the selected than those operated in the above continue set temperature to operate in AUTO control e Airflow temperature e Amount of airflow e Selection of airflow mode 6 5 Interior Comfort Climate Control System OFF switch a Lo OFF t Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the climate control system Temperature control dial This dial controls temperature Turn it clockwise for hot and counterclockwise for cold Fa
4. S gt 100 200 km 60 120 miles Atmospheric conditions can also affect FM reception High humidity will cause poor reception However cloudy days may provide better reception than clear days Multipath noise Since FM signals can be reflected by obstructions it is possible to receive both the direct signal and the reflected signal at the same time This causes a slight delay in reception and may be heard as a broken sound or a distortion This problem may also be encountered when in close proximity to the transmitter Reflected wave Direct Interior Comfort Audio System Flutter Skip noise Signals from an FM transmitter move in straight lines and become weak in valleys between tall buildings mountains and other obstacles When a vehicle passes through such an area the reception conditions may change suddenly resulting in annoying noise Weak signal noise In suburban areas broadcast signals become weak because of distance from the transmitter Reception in such fringe areas is characterized by sound breakup 6 13 Interior Comfort Audio System Strong signal noise This occurs very close to a transmitter tower The broadcast signals are extremely strong so the result is noise and sound breakup at the radio receiver 2 When a vehicle reaches the area of two strong stations broadcasting at similar frequencies the original station may be temporarily l
5. eee 9 13 Warranty os sesicccecsssassosconsseasssssssassoesoosesses 9 14 Warranties for Your Mazda 9 14 Outside the United States 0 0 0 0 9 15 Outside Canada n 9 16 Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country Except United States and Canada cccccccsccsseescessceseesseenseenees 9 17 Add On Non Genuine Parts and TNC S10 6 ee 9 18 Cell Pome ssccssccsssessssscseesesesesenese 9 19 Cell Phones Warning c eeee 9 19 Event Data Recorder sscssscesessseees 9 20 Event Data Recorder U S A and Cariada s cccseivectetctedeiiencnduns 9 20 Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UT QGS wnnsecscccscsscsssscscsscscsssssesssssssssees 9 21 Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTOGS sicccancicci accrcsscosctvensveevonte 9 21 Tire Information U S A ccssesseseee 9 23 Tire Labeling cceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeees 9 23 Location of the Tire Label Platard sacncatesevarcsccaiktal eke 9 29 Tire Maintenance cceeeeseseeeeeees 9 32 Vehicle Loading cceeseseseeseeteeee 9 35 Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit iioii rann enian 9 41 Reporting Safety Defects s000 9 42 Reporting Safety Defects U S A 9 42 Reporting Safety Defects Canada 9 43 Service Publications cccsssccsssssoes Service Publications 9 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer As
6. cccccceescessesseeseeeseeseeeseesecaeeeseeseesseeeeenseeaeeeaeeeeeeaeeaeeees page 5 64 Ivock release lever inion n a T nei alae Bead page 3 32 Headlight leveling switch ccicccseccecsetesdecciecececedetesteeeaesteesceciecedvecends custangetedaeereds page 5 62 Outside mirror switch aeara ea a a Amaia Asie page 3 32 2 Power window SWitche asini e n OaE EH OE page 3 16 3 Power window lock SWitch reiese ienien E page 3 19 1 2 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View B QO OOO H G8 BSA VS AWe 5 n PIN Q i TS Q 13 8 CD Audio control switches ienien a a a a page 6 47 OSR Sair bags r ea E E E AA ten E E A page 2 46 3 Crise control switches gione u e a tall Katyn page 5 21 Climate control system 210 2208 ets eeteeii ieee ie Gard iv deen ses page 6 2 G Hazard warning flasher SWitCh c ccccccccsscseseeseseeseseeseseseeseeseseeeesesecseeeeseeeesees page 5 70 6 Information display ce a need nett dda veka bores cence dees page 6 95 GQ Atadio SYStCMI ar a E E page 6 12 Glove compartment deste csa ida ee see Aided Ge aiden page 6 104 9 Accessory SOCKEt aranan aa a ait ane Rei ds page 6 109 0 Manual transaxle shift lever aine ir na A ENO OR page 5 10 D Automatic transaxle selector lever eriin raa i a page 5 12 EE Ea E EE EE A A E E anata page 5 2 3 Ho
7. cccceccescsessesseseeseeseeseeseeeeeecseesecsecseeseeseeseeeeeseeaseeens page 8 28 3 MOonrook cenena ea et ee tote as tee ae ate tabu Mate YO tinea page 3 22 4 Outside Mirror enne n eS ne ae Re dn es page 3 32 6 Child safety 1OCKS ct acca tes cigis Scie Bh ae eich ate Aeieds Bia Baie page 3 13 CG sDITeS E I ella T E E A cella venient page 8 36 EEDS aaa T O betes page 8 42 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 5 Your Vehicle at a Glance Exterior Overview Rear Rear wiper blade 2 0120 4ni eta aries AiG eee ee eS page 8 29 2A ate ee a a AE O ents lene ee ioe ee nent page 3 13 CA tibetan POELE tata eet estes a tao hate ante dete uc voter ef oe lata ty Th page 6 11 4 Sliding doors ien sick eink ets ae a Re AE eh i A ee RG page 3 11 Door lock acesiin dg atin hadi eed ain ene ie page 3 9 KB POS aa iene geese atin ea E page 8 36 Puel filler hiia e ane srattem aerate page 3 19 Lightibulbsxce sits ks aie Ee a de a E te nite tes page 8 42 1 6 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Essential Safety Equipment Use of safety equipment including seats seat belt system child restraint systems and SRS air bags SOAS erosa eee nea eOr EE ER S 2 2 Frnt Seats vo 202 ccscsccsseeg n a ie e o 2 2 Second Row Seats aiene ap e a e a at 2 5 Third ROW Seat vasra iene e aes a a es aE 2 10 Seat Arrangements nossero roneo eiae h
8. terminal of the battery when working near a battery Do not allow the positive terminal to contact the vehicle body Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells 8 32 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries 8 33 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE Remove the battery cover before performing battery maintenance A CAUTION gt Do not use a tool which applies excessive force such as a screwdriver or pliers If excessive force is applied to the clips they could be damaged To prevent damaging the battery cover remove install the battery cover using the following procedure Removing battery cover 1 Detach the clip facing the side of the vehicle first and pull it outward with your finger approx 4 mm 0 2 in Then lift the cover slightly to clear the lock 8 34 2 Detach the clip facing the vehicle interior first and pull it outward with yo
9. Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seatback is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward A CAUTION When returning a rear reclined seatback to its upright position make sure you hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury Vv Armrest The armrest can be used or placed upright a Figg lt A WARNING Never position the shoulder portion of a second row seat belt over the armrest Positioning the shoulder portion of a second row seat belt over the armrest is dangerous as it cannot provide adequate protection in a collision and could result in serious injuries Never put your hands and fingers around the moving parts of the seat and armrest Putting your hands and fingers around the moving parts of the seat and armrest is dangerous as they could get injured Essential Safety Equipment Seats YW Third Row Seat Access After folding the second row seat seatback and sliding the seat forward you can access the third row seat easily Entering exiting the third row seat area Raise the lever on the side of the second row seat or pull the strap behind the second row seat to fold the seatback forward and slide the seat forward After entering exiting the third row seat area Return the second row seatback to its upright position an
10. Jacking position OS 5 Continue raising the jack head gradually by rotating the screw with your hand until the jack head is inserted into the jack up position Tire blocks lt a A WARNING Use only the front and rear jacking positions recommended in this manual Attempting to jack the vehicle in positions other than those recommended in this manual is dangerous The vehicle could slip off the jack and seriously injure or even kill someone Use only the front and rear jacking positions recommended in this manual Do not jack up the vehicle in a position other than the designated jack up position or place any objects on or under the jack Jacking up the vehicle in a position other than the designated jack up position or placing objects on or under the jack is dangerous as it could deform the vehicle body or the vehicle could fall off the jack resulting in an accident Use only the jack provided with your Mazda Using a jack that is not designed for your Mazda is dangerous The vehicle could slip off the jack and seriously injure someone Never place objects under the jack Jacking the vehicle with an object under the jack is dangerous The jack could slip and someone could be seriously injured by the jack or the falling vehicle In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 6 Insert the jack lever and attach the lug wrench to tire jack 7 Turn the lug wrench clockwise and raise the vehicle high enou
11. NOTE e After refueling it may require some time for the indicator to stabilize In addition the indicator may deviate while driving on a slope or curve since the fuel moves in the tank The direction of the arrow w indicates that the fuel filler lid is on the right side of the vehicle Dashboard Illumination Rotate the knob to adjust the brightness of the instrument cluster and other illuminations in the dashboard NOTE The brightness of dashboard illuminations can be adjusted when the headlight switch is in the 200 or EO position e When the dashboard illumination brightness cannot be adjusted any more a beep sound will be heard Canceling the illumination dimmer When the headlight switch is in the 3002 or O position the illumination of the instrument cluster and the information display dims When driving on snowy or foggy roads or in other situations when the instrument cluster or information display s visibility is reduced due to glare from surrounding brightness cancel the illumination dimmer and increase the illumination intensity To cancel the illumination dimmer press the dashboard illumination knob NOTE e This symbol indicates the knob to adjust the brightness of the dashboard illumination If the illumination dimmer is cancelled the instrument cluster and the information display will not dim when the headlight switch is turned to the 00 or O position a
12. Support rod gt gt s 3 21 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Closing the Hood 1 Check under the hood area to make certain all filler caps are in place and all loose items e g tools oil containers etc have been removed 2 Lift the hood grasp the padded area on the support rod and secure the support rod in the clip Verify that the support rod is secured in the clip before closing the hood 3 Lower the hood slowly to a height of about 20 cm 7 9 in above its closed position and then let it drop A CAUTION When closing the hood do not push it excessively such as by applying your weight Otherwise the hood could be deformed 3 22 Some models Moonroof The moonroof can be opened or closed electrically only when the ignition is switched ON Slide switch Tilt switch A WARNING Do not let passengers stand up or extend part of their body through the open moonroof while the vehicle is moving Extending the head arms or other parts of the body through the moonroof is dangerous The head or arms could hit something while the vehicle is moving This could cause serious injury or death Make sure the opening is clear before closing the moonroof A closing moonroof is dangerous The hands head or even neck of a person especially a child could be caught in it as it closes causing serious injury or even death NOTE Before washing your Mazda make sure the moonroof i
13. 0000 6 64 6 When the programming is completed si and PAIR SUCCESS are displayed after about 10 30 seconds after which PAIR SUCCESS continues to be displayed for three seconds and then the unit returns to the normal display NOTE If pairing cannot be completed try 1234 instead Refer to the owner s manual of your mobile device for the right PIN code Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the fi symbol is displayed e Ifthe programming failed Err flashes for three seconds then it returns to PAIR DEVICE Programming cannot be performed while the vehicle is moving If you attempt to perform programming while the vehicle is moving PAIR DISABLE is displayed and it returns to PAIR DEVICE e Ifseven Bluetooth audio devices have already been programmed to the vehicle programming cannot be performed and MEMORY FULL is displayed Delete one programmed device to program another one Changing the link to a Bluetooth audio device If several devices have been programmed the Bluetooth unit links the device last programmed If you would like to link a different programmed device it is necessary to change the link The order of device priority after the link has been changed is maintained even when the ignition is switched off 1 Using the audio control dial select the link change mode LINK CHANGE
14. Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled so try to keep them clean For more details about cleaning the seat belts refer to Cleaning the Lap Shoulder Belt Webbing page 8 64 Vv Pregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions Pregnant women should always wear seat belts Ask your doctor for specific recommendations The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly but never across the stomach area Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts Check with your doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions Vv Emergency Locking Mode In the emergency locking mode the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the retractor will lock in position during a collision When the seat belt is fastened it will always be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode by pulling it all the way out to its full length If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion it may be in the automatic locking mode because the belt has been pulled too far out To return the belt to the more comfortable emergency locking mode wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe level area retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it around you again If the
15. Bluetooth Hands Free Activation Method Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press The hands free system is activated Functions of the hands free telephone such as making and receiving calls can be used after the activation For details on the telephone functions refer to Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation or Convenient Use of the Hands Free System Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Tutorial The tutorial explains how to use Bluetooth Hands Free To activate the tutorial do the following 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Tutorial 3 Follow the prompts to receive the appropriate voice guidance instructions YV Useful Commands at Anytime Convenient Operations Help function use The help function informs the user of all the available voice commands under the current conditions 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Help 3 Follow the prompts to receive the appropriate voice guidance instructions Cancel The Bluetooth Hands Free system transitions to standby status if the following operation is performed while the system is activating Press the hang up button or the talk button with a long press Returning to previous operation This command is for returning to the previous operation while in the voice recognition mode Say Beep Go Back 6 73 Interi
16. Front OFF Light off e Light is on when any door is open DOOR e Light is on or off when the illuminated entry system is on Switch Position Rear Overhead Lights OFF Light off e Light is on when any door is open DOOR e Light is on or off when the illuminated entry system is on ON Light on 6 94 Y Map Lights The map lights are switched on or off by pressing the switches Switches Switch Position Luggage Compartment Light OFF Light off ON Light on when the liftgate is open Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Information Display Clock Ambient dH HH ACE e Ae F DISCIN st AUTOM RTRM NS AVCCURRENTRANGE P ees EE Climate control display Audio display Trip computer temperature display display Steering switch V Information Display Functions The information display has the following functions Clock Ambient Temperature Display Climate Control Display Audio Display Trip Computer Bluetooth Hands Free Display Refer to Bluetooth Hands Free on page 6 70 Some models 6 95 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment VY Clock When the ignition is switched to ACC or ON the time is displayed Time setting 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON 2 Adjust the tim
17. restraint system Not following the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing the child restraint system is dangerous If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the child restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and the child restraint system is installed improperly the child restraint system could move in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants When installing the child restraint system make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions 2 43 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Y LATCH Child Restraint System Installation Procedure Second Row Seats Slide the second row seat as far back as possible N Make sure the seatback is securely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked Expand the area between the seat bottom and the seatback slightly to verify the locations of the LATCH lower anchors U NOTE The markings above the LATCH lower anchors indicate the locations of LATCH lower anchors for the attachment of a child restraint system 4 Secure the child restraint system using BOTH LATCH lower anchors following the child restraint system manufacturer s instruction Pull on the child restraint to be sure both anchors are engaged 2 44 5 If your chil
18. 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly TRACK RPT is displayed 2 To cancel the repeat playback press the button again after 3 seconds Folder repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the current folder repeatedly FOLDER RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback Random playback Tracks are randomly selected and played During music CD playback 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks on the CD randomly RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback 6 43 Interior Comfort Audio System During MP3 WMA AAC CD playback Folder random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks in the folder randomly FOLDER RDM is displayed 2 To cancel the random playback press the button again after 3 seconds CD random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks on the CD randomly DISC RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback Switching the display For files with a file name and other information that have been input the display switches between display of the file name and other information each time the text button T
19. 2 85 L 3 01 US qt 2 51 Imp qt Automatic transaxle fluid Fuel tank 8 14 L 8 60 US qt 7 16 Imp qt 60 0 L 15 9 US gal 13 2 Imp gal Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges VY Dimensions Item Vehicle specification Overall length 4 585 mm 180 5 in Overall width 1 750 mm 68 9 in Overall height 1 615 mm 63 6 in Front tread 1 530 mm 60 2 in Rear tread 1 520 mm 59 8 in Wheelbase 2 750 mm 108 3 in V Weights Manual transaxle Item Weight GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 2 091 kg 4 610 Ib GAWR G Axle Weight Rating Front 1 021 kg 2 251 1b RS EE E E Rear 1 085 kg 2 392 Ib Automatic transaxle Item Weight GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 2 125 kg 4 685 Ib 3 Front 1 056 kg 2 328 Ib GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating Rear 1 084 kg 2 390 Ib 10 5 Specifications Air Conditioner Item Classification Refrigerant Type HFC134a R 134a Light Bulbs Exterior light Category Light bulb 7I Wattage UNECE SAE High beam 65 HB3 9005 Headlights Halogen 55 H11 H11 Low beam Xenon fusion 35 D2S D2S Front turn signal lights Parking lights Front side marker lights Ag pa arvana Fog lights 55 H11 H11 Side turn signal lights LED High mount brake light LED Re
20. 9 Prompt Home Work Mobile or Other 10 Say Beep Mobile Say Home Work Mobile or Other for the desired location to be registered 11 Prompt Mobile Location to be registered Is this correct 12 Say Beep Yes Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 13 Prompt Number please 14 Say Beep XXXXXXXXKXXKX Say the phone number to be registered 15 Prompt XXXXXXXXXKXX Phone number registration After the beep continue to add numbers or say Go Back to re enter the last entered numbers or press the Pick Up button to save the number 16 Registration Press the pick up button or say Enter then go to Step 17 Adding inputting telephone number Say XXXX desired telephone number then go to Step 15 Telephone number correction Say Go Back The prompt replies Go Back The last entered numbers have been removed Then go back to Step 13 17 Prompt Number saved Would you like to add another number for this entry 18 Say Beep Yes or No 19 If Yes an additional phone number registration can be made for the same entry If No the system returns to standby status Import contact Phonebook data from your device Mobile phone can be sent and registered to your Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook using Bluetooth 1 Press the pick up button or tal
21. ENTER PIN appears for three seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 4 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input Interior Comfort Audio System Registered ID code input 5 Input the registered ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example If the registered ID code is 2323 input 2323 At this time SR1 2323 is displayed Registered ID code input determination 6 Determine the code which has been input by pressing the scan button SCAN 7 If it does not match the registered code SRI Err is displayed and then it returns to SR1 8 If it matches the registered code SRI LOCK appears for three seconds which indicates that the code input has been completed 9 SRI LOCK 100 appears which indicates that the parental lock is activated At this time mute is on and no sound is heard NOTE Ifan ID code is not input for ten seconds Err is displayed and it returns to the former display e Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the scan button SCAN are used for input of the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used Lock cancellation Setting condition SAT mode Releasing a locked channel 1 Select a channel to be released by turning the manual tuning dial Example Select the locked channel i e 100 At this time SRI LOCK 100 is displayed 6 39 Interior Comfort Audio
22. Function of all lights CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I Brake fluid level I I I I Brake fluid R R Disc brakes I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I I bearing axial play Driveshaft dust boots I I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T Exhaust system and heat shields I I I All locks and hinges L L L L L L Washer fluid level I I I I I I 8 14 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 x1000km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter R R R Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace L Lubricate C Clean T Tighten Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all
23. John s phone Say a voice tag registered in the phonebook 5 Prompt Calling XXXXX Ex John s phone XXXX Ex at home Is this correct Voice tag and phone number location registered in phonebook 6 Say Beep Yes KR WwW Wh 7 Prompt Dialing Redialing function 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Redial 3 Prompt Dialing Ending the current call Press the hang up button during the call Y Phonebook Settings Editing phonebook The data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook can be edited NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep Edit 5 Prompt Please say the name of the entry you would like to edit or say 39 99 List names 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say the voice tag for the registered name to be edited in the phonebook 7 Prompt Home Work Mobile or Other 8 Say Beep Home Say the registered location to be edited Home Work Mobile or Other 9 Prompt XXXXX Ex Mary s pho
24. Passcode is disabled Confirmation Prompts The confirmation prompt confirms the command content to the user before advancing to the operation requested by the user When this function is turned on the system reads out the voice input command previously received and confirms whether the command is correct before advancing to the command execution When the confirmation prompt function is turned on Ex Calling John s device Is this correct When the confirmation prompt function is turned off Ex Calling John s device NOTE If the confirmation prompt function is turned off when making an emergency call the system reads out and confirms the command before executing it 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Confirmation prompts 5 Prompt Confirmation prompts are on off Would you like to turn confirmation prompts off on 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Confirmation prompts are off on Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free YV Voice Recognition Learning Function Speaker Enrollment The voice recognition learning function enables voice recognition appropriate to the characteristics of the user s voice If the recognition of the voice input co
25. Track repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly TRACK RPT is displayed Interior Comfort Audio System 2 To cancel the repeat playback press the button again after 3 seconds Folder repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the current folder repeatedly FOLDER RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback Random playback Tracks are randomly selected and played Folder random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks in the folder randomly FOLDER RDM is displayed 2 To cancel the random playback press the button again after 3 seconds All random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks on the USB device randomly ALL RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback 6 53 Interior Comfort Audio System Switching the display For files with a file name and other information that have been input the display switches between display of the file name and other information each time the text button TEXT is pressed during playback File number Elapsed time Folder number File number File name TEXT Folder name Album name Song name Artist name NOTE The in
26. VY Door Ajar Warning Light f ION This warning light illuminates when any door or liftgate is not securely closed Close the door or liftgate securely before driving the vehicle Y Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light d PNN This warning light indicates that little washer fluid remains Add fluid page 8 26 Vv Automatic Transaxle Warning Light Automatic Transaxle AT This warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON The light illuminates when the transaxle has a problem CAUTION If the automatic transaxle warning light illuminates the transaxle has an electrical problem Continuing to drive your Mazda in this condition could cause damage to your transaxle Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Some models 5 51 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Warning Light This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON Thereafter the warning light illuminates and a beep is heard when tire pressure is too low in one or more tires and flashes when there is a system malfunction 5 52 Some models A WARNING If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking If the tire pressure monitoring
27. is displayed it indicates that there is a malfunction in the iPod Verify that the content recorded in the iPod has playable files and connect correctly If the message reappears have the unit checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer YW Error Indications If you see an error indication on the display find the cause in the chart If you cannot clear the error indication take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Indication Cause Solution Verify that the content recorded in the USB device has USB device MP3 WMA AAC files CHECK USB Jand re connect correctly malfunction If the error indication continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Verify that the content recorded in the iPod has playable files and iPod re connect correctly malfunction If the error indication continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CHECK iPod Interior Comfort Audio System Safety Certification This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards It meets FCC requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U S Department of Health and Human Services A CAUTION gt This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified service personnel If servicing is required contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer gt Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous las
28. mode Refer to Bluetooth audio device set up for details Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio 2 Press the audio control dial to determine the mode After ENTER PIN is displayed on the information display for three seconds PIN 0000 is displayed and the PIN code can be input 3 Input the PIN code of your Bluetooth audio device by pressing channel preset buttons 1 to 4 while PIN 0000 is displayed Press channel preset button 1 to input the first digit 2 for the second 3 for the third and 4 for the forth For example if the PIN code were 4213 press channel preset button 1 four times 1 2 3 4 button 2 twice 1 2 button 3 once 1 and button 4 three times 1 2 3 If the PIN 0000 display disappears before finishing the PIN code input repeat the procedure from Step 1 NOTE Some devices accept only a particular pairing code Usually 0000 or 1234 If pairing cannot be completed refer to the owner s manual of your mobile device and try those numbers if necessary 4 Press the audio control dial while the input PIN code is displayed PAIRING flashes on the display 5 Operate the Bluetooth audio device and set it to the program mode while PAIRING is flashing 6 When the programming is completed yi and PAIR SUCCESS are displayed after about 10 30 seconds after which PAIR SUCCESS continues to be displayed for th
29. 1 Press the random button RDM during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks on the iPod randomly ALBUM RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback 6 57 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE The track number being played randomly is in the order of the iPod shuffle table Switching the display For files with a file name and other information that have been input the display switches between display of the file name and other information each time the text button TEXT is pressed during playback File number Elapsed time File number Category Playlist title Genre et title Composer title Podcast title Artist name Album name Song name NOTE The information artist name music name is displayed only when the iPod has information which can be displayed This unit cannot display some characters Characters which cannot be displayed are indicated by an asterisk Display scroll Only 12 characters can be displayed at one time 6 58 To display the rest of the characters of a long title press the scroll button SCRL The display scrolls the next 12 characters Press the scroll button SCRL again after the last 12 characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title NOTE The number of characters which can be displayed is restricted Error Messages If the message CHECK iPod
30. 3 32 Some models 3 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A WARNING Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Children may find these new kinds of keys to be an interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controls to operate or even make the vehicle move NOTE e Refer to Immobilizer System page 3 25 for information regarding keys and engine starting With theft deterrent system Refer to Theft Deterrent System page 3 29 for information regarding keys and the prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents theft The keys operate all locks Retractable type key __ gt Key code number plate A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set detach this plate and store it in a safe place not in the vehicle for use if you need to make a replacement key NOTE Write down the code number and keep it in a separate safe and convenient place but not in the vehicle If your key is lost consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer and have your code number ready e Some types of key chains cannot be attached to the retractable type key In this case use the key ring provided with the transmitter which has the key code number plate attached Key ri
31. NOTE LED bulb replacement is not possible because it is built into the unit Replace the unit 8 48 License plate lights 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the lens and then remove the lens by carefully prying on the edge of the lens with a flathead screwdriver 3 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out 4 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure V Replacing Interior Light Bulbs Overhead light Front Map lights 1 Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the trim and gently insert it in the overhead light as shown in the figure and then remove the overhead light unit 2 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 3 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 4 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Overhead light Rear 1 Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the lens and remove the lens by carefully prying on the edge of the lens with the flathead screwdriver 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out 3 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Luggage compartment light 1 Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent dama
32. Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep Delete 5 Prompt Please say the name of the entry you would like to delete or say 99099 List names 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say the registered voice tag to be deleted from the phonebook 7 Prompt Deleting XXXXX Ex John s phone Registered voice tag Home Registered location Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt XXXXxX Ex John s phone Registered voice tag Home Registered location deleted Complete deletion of the phonebook data All data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook can be erased NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep Erase all 6 84 5 Prompt Are you sure you want to erase everything from your Hands Free system phonebook 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt You are about to delete everything from your Hands Free
33. Roll over LY SO o h 2 60 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System First please read Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions page 2 46 carefully Driver Seat Slide Position Sensor Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of the supplemental restraint system The sensor is located under the driver seat The sensor determines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat position to the diagnostic module SAS unit The SAS unit is designed to control the deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering wheel The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a possible malfunction page 2 57 V Front Passenger Seat Weight Sensors Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of the supplemental restraint system These sensors are located under both of the front passenger seat rails These sensors determine the total seated weight on the front passenger seat and monitor the seat belt buckle for the front passenger seat The SAS unit is designed to prevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from deploying if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates To reduce the chance o
34. TCS enhances traction and safety by controlling engine torque and braking When the TCS detects driving wheel slippage it lowers engine torque and operates the brakes to prevent loss of traction This means that on a slick surface the engine adjusts automatically to provide optimum power to the drive wheels limiting wheel spin and loss of traction A WARNING Do not rely on the traction control system as a substitute for safe driving The traction control system TCS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident Use snow tires or tire chains and drive at reduced speeds when roads are covered with ice and or snow Driving without proper traction devices on snow and or ice covered roads is dangerous The traction control system TCS alone cannot provide adequate traction and you could still have an accident NOTE To turn off the TCS press the DSC OFF switch page 5 26 Vv TCS DSC Indicator Light This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the TCS or DSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS or DSC may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE In addition to th
35. TEXT is pressed while in channel number display mode it changes to channel name display mode e There are short eight fixed characters and long names for the channel name e The long name is displayed first and three seconds later the short name is displayed If there is no short name the long name is displayed e To display the rest of the characters of the channel name press the scroll button SCRL The display scrolls the next eight characters Press the scroll button SCRL again after the last eight characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title e Press the scroll button SCRL while the short name is displayed to switch the display to the long name e Three seconds after scrolling the long name the display automatically returns to the first part of the long name Three more seconds and the short name appears 6 35 Interior Comfort Audio System If there is no channel name No TITLE is displayed Category name display When the text button TEXT is pressed while in channel name display mode it changes to the category name display mode There are short eight fixed characters and long names for the category name The long name is displayed first and three seconds later the short name is displayed If there is no short name the long name is displayed To display the rest of the characters of the category name press the scroll button SCRL The display scroll
36. Ver 2 0 or higher Response profile e HFP Hands Free Profile Ver 1 5 e DUN Dial up Networking Profile Ver 1 1 e PBAP Phone Book Access Profile Ver 1 0 e A2DP Advanced Audio Distribution Profile Ver 1 0 e OPP Object Push Profile Ver 1 1 NOTE The Bluetooth Hands Free system is operable several seconds after the ignition is switched to ACC or ON requires less than 15 seconds e If the ignition is switched off during a hands free call the line is transferred to the device Mobile phone automatically e Ifthe device Mobile phone is in a location where radio reception is difficult such as a metal container or in the trunk the call may not be connected using Bluetooth If communication is not possible change the location of the device Mobile phone V Component Parts Bluetooth Hands Free consists of the following items e Talk button e Pick up button e Hang up button e Information display e Microphone e Audio unit Talk button Pick Up button and Hang Up button Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands Free can be used for such things as making calls or hanging up using the talk button pick up button and hang up button on the steering wheel NOTE The talk button pick up button and hang up button are operable with the audio unit turned ofj Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Talk button Talk button operations A short press or a long press
37. but never under your arm on your neck or on your upper arm 2 23 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems For optimum protection the driver and front passenger seat belts are equipped with pretensioner and load limiting systems For both these systems to work properly you must wear the seat belt properly Pretensioners In moderate or severe frontal or near frontal accidents the front air bag and pretensioner systems deploy simultaneously The front seat belt retractors remove slack quickly as the air bags are expanding Any time the air bags and front seat belt pretensioners have deployed they must be replaced During a side collision the side air bag curtain air bag and pretensioner system operate simultaneously on the side in which the collision occurs With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System In addition the pretensioner system for the front passenger like the front and side passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat For details refer to the front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 61 2 24 Load limiter The load limiting system releases belt webbing in a controlled manner to reduce belt force on the occupant s chest While the most severe load on a seat belt occurs in frontal collisions the load limiter has an automa
38. consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 68 Rear Window Wiper and DENI The ignition must be switched ON Y Rear Window Wiper Turn the wiper on by turning the rear wiper washer switch Switch Position No Type Type Wiper operation A B C INT Intermittent ON Normal VW Rear Window Washer To spray washer fluid turn the rear wiper washer switch to the position After the switch is released the washer will stop If the washer does not work inspect the fluid level page 8 26 If it s normal and the washer still does not work consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger clears fog from the rear window The ignition must be switched ON Press the switch to turn on the rear window defogger The rear window defogger operates for about 15 minutes and turns off automatically The indicator light illuminates during operation To turn off the rear window defogger before the 15 minutes has elapsed press the switch again Indicator light A CAUTION Do not use sharp instruments or window cleaners with abrasives to clean the inside of the rear window surface They may damage the defogger grid inside the window NOTE This defogger is not designed for melting snow If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear window remove it before using the defogger Driving Your Mazda Switches and Co
39. have someone drive the vehicle slowly forward so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and any metal objects sticking through tread or sidewall Put a few drops of water in the valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a bad valve Leaks need to be addressed by more than simply refilling the trouble tire as leaks are dangerous take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the equipment to fix tires TPMS systems and order the best replacement tire for your vehicle 5 31 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving If the warning light illuminates again even after the tire pressures are adjusted there may be a tire puncture Replace the punctured tire with the temporary spare tire page 7 7 NOTE A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used Warning light flashes When the warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Vv System Error Activation When the warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A system error activation may occur in the following cases e When there is equipment or a device near the vehicle using the same radio frequency as that of the tire pressure sensors e When using the following devices in the vehicle that may cause radio interference with the receiver unit e A digital devic
40. in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative will review the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction 9 7 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of your Mazda dealer s service facilities personnel and equipment We urge you to follow the above three steps in sequence for most effective results V Mediation Arbitration Program Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda s Customer Satisfaction Program If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still not resolved you have another option Mazda Canada Inc participates in an arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP CAMVAP will advise you about how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through binding arbitration Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc and our dealers Mazda s participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that goal There is no charge for using CAMVAP CAMVAP results are fast fair and final as the award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc VY Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP If a specific item of concern arises where a solution cannot be reached between an owner Mazda and or one of its dealers
41. memory can be played e Playback may not be possible depending on the type and condition of the USB flash memory even if the audio file complies with the standard above A copyright protected WMA AAC file cannot be played in this unit The order of the music data stored in the device may differ from the playback order To prevent loss or damage of stored data we recommend that you always back up your data e Ifa device exceeds the maximum electric current value of 500 mA it may not operate or recharge when connected Do not pull out the USB device while in the USB mode only pull it out while in FM AM radio or CD mode The device will not operate if the data is password protected Playable MP3 file specifications Playable MP3 files are as follows Item Content MPEG AUDIO LAYER III Specification MPEG2 AUDIO LAYER M MPEG2 5 44 1 48 32 kHz MPEG1 Sampling rate 22 05 24 16 kHz MPEG2 11 025 12 8 kHz MPEG2 5 32 320 kbps MPEG1 Bit rate 32 160 kbps MPEG2 32 160 kbps MPEG72 5 A CAUTION This unit plays files with the file extension mp3 as an MP3 file Do not use the MP3 file extension for files other than MP3 files Otherwise it could result in noise or a malfunction MP3 files written under specifications other than the indicated specification may not play normally or files or folder names may not display correctly The file extension may not be provided dep
42. press the pickup button to answer 2 To accept the call press the pick up button To reject the call press the hang up button V Hanging Up a Call Press the hang up button during the call A beep sound will confirm that call is ended V Volume Adjustment The power volume dial of the audio unit is used to adjust the volume Turn the dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it eusHPO Ky Q Y 6 78 NOTE The volume can also be adjusted using the volume button on the steering wheel The music volume of the audio unit cannot be adjusted while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used Convenient Use of the Hands Free System Phonebook Usage Phonebook registration Phone numbers can be registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep New entry 5 Prompt Name please 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say a voice tag for the name registered 7 Prompt Adding XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Registered voice tag Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes
43. restraint system ONLY be used on the front passenger seat if the deactivation indicator light illuminates when the child is seated in the child restraint system Seating a child in a child restraint system installed on the front passenger seat with the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminated is dangerous If this indicator light does not illuminate this means that the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner are ready for deployment If an accident were to deploy an air bag a child in a child restraint system sitting in the front passenger seat could be seriously injured or killed tf the indicator light does not illuminate after seating a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat seat a child in a child restraint system on the rear seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 2 42 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint LATCH Child Restraint Systems Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH child restraint systems the second row seats Both anchors must be used otherwise the seat will bounce around and put the child in danger Most LATCH child restraint systems must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective If they have a tether you must use it to better assure your child s safety A WARNING Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the use of the child
44. slower response Higher sensitivity Center position Switch Less sensitivity A CAUTION gt Do not shade the rain sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield Otherwise the rain sensor will not operate correctly gt When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON the wipers may move automatically in the following cases gt If the windshield above the rain sensor is touched or wiped with a cloth gt If the windshield is struck with a hand or other object from either outside or inside the vehicle Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades damaged when the wipers activate automatically If you are going to clean the windshield be sure the wipers are turned off completely this is particularly important when clearing ice and snow when it is most likely that the engine is left running Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls NOTE Switching the auto wiper lever from the OFF to the AUTO position while driving at a vehicle speed of 4 km h 2 mph or higher or after driving the vehicle activates the windshield wipers once after which they operate according to the rainfall amount e The auto wiper control may not operate when the rain sensor temperature is about 10 C 14 F or lower or
45. Bluetooth audio devices and hands free mobile phones can be programmed to one vehicle NOTE e Always perform Bluetooth audio device programming while the vehicle is stopped Ifa Bluetooth device has already been programmed to the vehicle as a hands free mobile phone it does not need to be programmed again when using the device as a Bluetooth audio device Conversely it does not need to be programmed again as a hands free mobile phone if it has already been programmed as a Bluetooth audio device Look around to be sure other likely Bluetooth audio devices are not in range when you start to program If in doubt move your car to another location The transmission range of a Bluetooth audio device is about 10 m 32 ft Therefore if there is another Bluetooth audio device within a 10 m 32 ft radius of the vehicle the device may be identified and programmed instead e Device registration can also be done using voice recognition page 6 74 Concerning the operation of a Bluetooth audio device itself refer to its instruction manual Some Bluetooth audio devices have PIN codes four digits Refer to the audio device s instruction manual because the programming procedure differs depending on whether it has a PIN code or not Programming a Bluetooth audio device which has a four digit PIN code 1 Using the audio control dial select the pairing program mode PAIR DEVICE in the BT SETUP
46. Defects Reporting Safety Defects Canada Canadian customers who wish to report a safety related defect to Transport Canada Defect Investigations and Recalls may telephone the toll free hotline 1 800 333 0510 or contact Transport Canada by mail at Transport Canada ASFAD Place de Ville Tower C 330 Sparks Street Ottawa ON K1A ONS For additional road safety information please visit the Road Safety website at http www tc gc ca roadsafety menu htm 9 43 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Service Publications Service Publications Factory authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do some of their own maintenance and repair When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer refer to the chart below If they do not have what you need in stock they can order it for you PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION 9999 95 012B 15 2015 WORKSHOP MANUAL English 9999 MX 012B 15 2015 WORKSHOP MANUAL Spanish 9999 95 074G 15 2015 WIRING DIAGRAM English 9999 MX 074G 15 2015 WIRING DIAGRAM Spanish 9999 95 005C 15 2015 OWNER S MANUAL English 9999 EC 005C 15 2015 OWNER S MANUAL English and French 9999 PR 005C 15 2015 OWNER S MANUAL Spanish 9999 95 MODL 15 2015 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS Y WORKSHOP MANUAL Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train body and chassis Y WIRING DIAG
47. Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving NOTE Do not install any accessories within the detection ranges of the sensors It may affect the system operation Depending on the type of obstruction and the surrounding conditions the detection range of a sensor may narrow or the sensors may not be able to detect obstructions The system may not operate normally under the following conditions e Mud ice or snow is adhering to the sensor area Returns to normal operation when removed The sensor area is frozen Returns to normal operation when the ice is thawed The sensor is covered by a hand The sensor is excessively shocked The vehicle is excessively tilted Under extremely hot or cold weather conditions The vehicle is driven on bumps inclines gravel or grass covered roads Anything which generates ultrasound is near the vehicle such as another vehicle s horn the engine sound of a motorcycle the air brake sound of a large sized vehicle or another vehicle s sensors The vehicle is driven in heavy rain or in road conditions causing water splash A commercially available fender pole or an antenna for a radio transmitter is installed to the vehicle The vehicle is moving towards a tall or square curbstone An obstruction is too close to the sensor Obstructions under the bumper may not be detected Obstructions that are lower than the bumper or thin which may have been initially detected but
48. E E A AE EE 6 11 Operating Tips for Audio System ceceseeseeseeeeeteeseeeeees 6 12 Audio Seto A E E onda tae 6 23 Audio Control Switch Operation ssssssseeseseesessrseesesssseesesee 6 47 AUX USB iPod Mode Safety Certification e ssssssessessesesssseessstseesesresessrseesesresessesess Bluetooth Audio ccscssscssessccssscsccsssccesccsscsssscsesssessesenees Bluetooth Audio w c ccecscecessessesseessesseesseesseessssseesseesseeseess Bluetooth Hands Free scccsccccscssccssscsscssccscscsescesssseesess 6 70 Bluetooth Hands Free o c ccceccssssssessessesssesesssssessesesssesees 6 70 Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation eceseeeeeees 6 74 Convenient Use of the Hands Free System ececeeeerees 6 79 Hands Free Settings cc te 8 a nee ARENO E E 6 85 When Bluetooth Hands Free Cannot be Used eee 6 91 Safety Certification nasriy iesen e a ei nba eties 6 92 Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service 4 6 92 Interior Equipment csccsccsscssescsccssesssssssssssessssssssessessenes 6 93 SUNVISOTS a n cene te ees gh AAEN 6 93 Interior Wig hits sene enres ar eaa E E eta een 6 93 Information Display assenar Rint 6 95 Cup Hol det siciscccicecsiesciacdecives covecsedes iuscgesvesaveceveeeiaweeceaceccvensces 6 100 Bottle Holden oniran o reann EEE E oer tenes 6 101 Storage Compartments ccceeccesseceseeesteceneeeeeecsaeceseeee
49. Get the ke ce vehicles equipped with an gt Expose ee to any kind of immobilizer system touch or come magnetic field near the key grip gt Expose the key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight gt Devices for electronic purchases or security passage which touch or come near the key 3 25 Knowing Your Mazda Security System NOTE e The keys carry a unique electronic code For this reason and to assure your safety obtaining a replacement key requires some waiting time They are only available through an Authorized Mazda Dealer Always keep a spare key in case one is lost If a key is lost contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Ifyou lose a key an Authorized Mazda Dealer will reset the electronic codes of your remaining keys and immobilizer system Bring all the remaining keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset Starting the vehicle with a key that has not been reset is not possible 3 26 Knowing Your Mazda Security System Declaration of Conformity Immobilizer system U S A FCC WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must a
50. If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury V Height Adjustment Driver s Seat To adjust the seat height move the lever up or down Lumbar Support Adjustment Driver s Seat Move the lever forwards to adjust the lumbar support as required 2 4 Some models Vv Armrest The armrest can be used or placed upright A WARNING Never position the shoulder portion of a front seat belt over the armrest Positioning the shoulder portion of a front seat belt over the armrest is dangerous as it cannot provide adequate protection in a collision and could result in serious injuries Never put your hands and fingers around the moving parts of the seat and armrest Putting your hands and fingers around the moving parts of the seat and armrest is dangerous as they could get injured Second Row Seats A WARNING Do not stack cargo higher than the seatbacks Stacking luggage or other cargo higher than the seatbacks is dangerous During a sudden stop or collision objects can fly around and become projectiles that could hit and injure passengers Make sure luggage and cargo are secured before driving Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place by attempting to slide the seat forward and backward and rocking
51. If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention Always keep batteries out of the reach of children Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous Battery fluid could cause serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin Y Do not allow the positive terminal to contact any other metal object that could cause sparks Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries When working near a battery do not allow metal tools to contact the positive or negative terminal of the battery 7 17 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries Do not jump start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level Jump starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous It may rupture or explode causing serious injury Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative terminal of t
52. Important consumer information including warranties and add on equipment Specifications Technical information about your Mazda p Index pd Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior exterior views and part identification of your Mazda Interior OVErVIEW cccscccssssssscccccscseveccscsesevevcccssunvenvesssdunvuseseedeoseaeseess 1 2 Interior Equipment View A ccecceeseesceseeeeeeteeseeeteesseeeeaeenes 1 2 Interior Equipment View B ecccesesseesceseeeteeeeeeeenseeeetsenes 1 3 Interior Equipment View C cccceeceesessceseeeeeeseeseeeeenseeeeeenes 1 4 Exterior OVCIVICW sersenssisesesscsssacsasecceseseocncadsaseseecascesasousoieseavenssiahes 1 5 ROME Lense ach tet Sogn tea ee sitet etnies ot nee i tea 2 1 5 RAL ac AE thee dine Sad He tee RS een Ries tach 1 6 1 1 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View A i5 E ODoor lock KNOB ieccsen cetera e E a Bn a page 3 10 Power door lock Switch ses scssccecdisineesiin cients ieiena tin tie E ii page 3 11 GY DSCIOEE SwWitChe o sfses s he setce EEE EES SETETE ex toga cst taoted ehaeleatenta ts age 5 26 pag 4 Lighting Control x ccscece cndtee te detested bee eee et es ed levies page 5 59 Turn and lane change signal oeorurisioserisior iiie E page 5 63 Dashboard illumination knob sanken E EEN S page 5 43 Tinstrumient Cluster canana R aR page 5 40 Wiper and washer lever
53. Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used Use the protective cover and carton of the replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb promptly out of the reach of children Low beam bulbs Xenon fusion bulb You cannot replace the low beam bulbs by yourself The bulbs must be replaced at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Halogen bulb 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Lift the hood 8 44 3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector 4 Turn the bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used Use the protective cover and carton of the replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb promptly out of the reach of children Fog light bulbs l Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off Turn the screw count
54. Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain air bag will have an SRS AIRBAG marking on the window pillars along the roof edge Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint A WARNING Always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible if installing a front facing child restraint system on it is unavoidable As your vehicle has front air bags and doubly so because your vehicle has side air bags a front facing child restraint system should be put on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable Even if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates always move the seat as far back as possible because the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous Even in a moderate collision the child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child Even though you may feel assured that the front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates you should not use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat 2 39 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Do not allow a child to lean over or against the si
55. Parking Brake A WARNING Before leaving the driver s seat always switch the ignition to OFF set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P automatic transaxle or in 1st gear or R manual transaxle It is important to switch the ignition to OFF even if you are not removing the key from the ignition or leaving the vehicle Leaving the key in other positions will disable some of the vehicle security systems and run the battery down Leaving the driver s seat without switching the ignition to OFF setting the parking brake and shifting the shift lever to P automatic transaxle or to 1st gear or R manual transaxle is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur This could cause an accident A CAUTION Driving with the parking brake on will cause excessive wear of the brake parts NOTE For parking in snow refer to Winter Driving page 4 8 regarding parking brake use Setting the parking brake Depress the brake pedal and then firmly pull the parking brake lever fully upwards with sufficient force to hold the vehicle in a Stationary position K e Releasing the parking brake Depress the brake pedal and pull the parking brake lever upwards then press the release button While holding the button lower the parking brake lever all the way down to the released position Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Brake System Warning Light BRAKE This warning has the following fu
56. Reminder on page 2 29 V Ignition Key Reminder If the ignition is switched off or the ignition is switched to ACC with the key inserted a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened NOTE A personalized function is available to change the sound volume for the ignition key reminder Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 5 58 Some models Y Lights On Reminder If lights are on and the key is removed from the ignition switch a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened NOTE A personalized function is available to change the sound volume for the lights on reminder Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 V Tire Inflation Pressure Warning Beep ig The warning beep sound will be heard for about 3 seconds when there is any abnormality in tire inflation pressures page 5 28 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Lighting Control V Headlights Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off NOTE To prevent discharging the battery do not leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety requires them Without AUTO position Switch Position OFF 5002 Z Headlights Off Off On Taillights Parking lights License lights Off On On Side marker lights Dashboard illumination With AUTO position 5 59 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Cont
57. Scheduled Maintenance USA Canada and Puerto Rico Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions apply Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions Driving with extended use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used Driving on rough or muddy roads Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates Driving in extremely hot conditions e Driving in mountainous conditions continually If any do apply follow Schedule 2 Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2 NOTE After the prescribed period continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals eeeeeeee 8 4 VW Schedule 1 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance ENGINE Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first k Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 x1000 miles 7 5 15 22 5 30 37 5 45 52 5 60 Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120 000 km 75 000 miles if noisy adjust Drive belts I Engine oil R R R R R R R R Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R COOLING SYSTEM FL22 type Replace at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after Enp
58. The engine s electrical system has a problem e The emission control system has a problem The fuel filler cap is missing or not tightened securely If the check engine light remains on or flashes continuously do not drive at high speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible YV High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light Red a tel When the ignition is switched ON the light illuminates momentarily and then turns off The light flashes when the engine coolant temperature is extremely high and illuminates when the engine coolant temperature increases further Handling Procedure Flashing light Drive slowly to reduce engine load Illuminated light This indicates the possibility of overheating Park the vehicle in a safe place immediately and stop the engine Refer to Overheating page 7 14 A CAUTION Do not drive the vehicle with the high engine coolant temperature warning light illuminated Otherwise it could result in damage to the engine 5 49 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light oy ry If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly fl
59. Transaxle Controls ececeeeeeeeerseseeseeseeeeeeeees Power Steering oieri O E eaten Ghee a Cruise Control aes testcase a tiie aad teeta teste Traction Control System TCS seese Dynamic Stability Control DSC seeen Tire Pressure Monitoring System cescsssesssessseeseesseesseeeee Parking Sensor System cc ccesssessssesssessseessessssesssesssesesseee Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Ignition Switch V Ignition Switch Positions OFF The power supply to electrical devices is turned off Only in this position can the key be removed A WARNING Do not stop the engine while the vehicle is moving Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving for any reason other than in an emergency is dangerous Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving will result in reduced braking ability due to the loss of power braking which could cause an accident and serious injury Before leaving the driver s seat always switch the ignition to OFF set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P automatic transaxle or in 1st gear or R manual transaxle It is important to switch the ignition to OFF even if you are not removing the key from the ignition or leaving the vehicle Leaving the key in other positions will disable some of the vehicle security systems and run the battery down Leaving the driver s seat without switching the ignition to OFF setting the parking brake
60. Two step down function With the window completely closed press the switch lightly and the window will open and stop about 3 cm 1 in from the top If you continue to press and hold the switch the window will resume opening all the way NOTE e Pressing the power window switch once when the window is fully closed will only open it about 3 cm 1 in to allow convenient ventilation of the cabin The two step down function can be canceled Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 Jam safe window If a person s hands head or an object blocks the window during the auto closing operation the window will stop and open halfway 3 17 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A WARNING Make sure nothing blocks the window just before it reaches the fully closed position or while fully holding up the power window switch Blocking the power window just before it reaches the fully closed position or while fully holding up the power window switch is dangerous In this case the jam safe function cannot prevent the window from closing all the way If fingers are caught serious injuries could occur NOTE Depending on driving conditions a closing power window could stop and start opening when the window feels a shock that is similar to something blocking it In the event the jam safe function activates and the power window cannot be closed automatically pull and hold the switch and the window will close Engine
61. about 85 C 185 F or higher e Ifthe windshield is coated with water repellent the rain sensor may not be able to sense the amount of rainfall correctly and auto wiper control may not operate properly e If dirt or foreign matter Such as ice or matter containing salt water adheres to the windshield above the rain sensor or if the windshield is iced it could cause the wipers to move automatically However if the wipers cannot remove this ice dirt or foreign matter the auto wiper control will stop operation In this case set the wiper lever to the low speed position or high speed position for manual operation or remove the ice dirt or foreign matter by hand to restore the auto wiper operation e Ifthe auto wiper lever is left in the AUTO position the wipers could operate automatically from the effect of strong light sources electromagnetic waves or infrared light because the rain sensor uses an optical sensor It is recommended that the auto wiper lever be switched to the OFF position other than when driving the vehicle under rainy conditions 5 67 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Y Windshield Washer Pull the lever toward you and hold it to spray washer fluid Washer NOTE With the wiper lever in the OFF or intermittent position AUTO position the wipers will operate continuously until the lever is released If the washer does not work inspect the fluid level page 8 26 If it s normal
62. accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of the following ways Log on at www mazdaUSA com Answers to many questions including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in the U S can be found here E mail click on Contact Us located on the Inside Mazda tab or at the bottom of the page at www mazdaUSA com By phone at 1 800 222 5500 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance By letter at Attn Customer Assistance Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 In order to serve you efficiently and effectively please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s If you live outside the U S A please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor V STEP 3 Contact Better Business Bureau BBB Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may not be possible As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered Mazda North American Operation
63. and shifting the shift lever to P automatic transaxle or to 1st gear or R manual transaxle is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur This could cause an accident ACC Accessory In this position some electrical accessories will operate ON This is the normal running position after the engine is started Some indicator lights warning lights should be inspected before the engine is started page 5 44 NOTE When the ignition is switched ON the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard This does not indicate an abnormality START The engine is started in this position It will crank until you release the key It then returns to the ON position V Ignition Key Reminder If the ignition is switched off or the ignition is switched to ACC with the key inserted a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened NOTE A personalized function is available to change the sound volume for the ignition key reminder Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Starting the Engine NOTE Engine starting is controlled by the spark ignition system This system meets all Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise 1 Occupants should fasten their seat belts 2 Make sure the parking brake is on 3 Depress the brake p
64. are no longer detected as the vehicle approaches more closely The following types obstructions may not be detected Thin objects such as wire or rope Things which absorb sonic waves easily such as cotton or snow Angular shaped objects Very tall objects and those which are wide at the top e Small short objects Always have the system inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer if any shock is applied to the bumpers even in a minor accident If the sensors are deviated they cannot detect obstructions The system may have a malfunction if the beep does not operate or the indicator light does not illuminate when the park assist sensors switch is turned on Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 35 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving VY Sensor Detection Range The sensors detect obstructions within the following range A About 50 cm About 20 in B About 150 cm About 59 1 in Rear corner sensor detection range Rear sensor detection range Y Park Assist Sensor System Operation The switch can be activated when the ignition is switched ON the shift lever is in any position except reverse R and the vehicle speed is about 10 km h 6 mph or less When the parking sensor switch is pressed a beep sound is heard and the indicator light in the switch illuminates Indicator light NOTE If the system is cancelled it will not restore automatically even when the ve
65. belt functions Be sure to wear seat belts properly V Front Seat Belt Pretensioners The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal near frontal collisions In addition during a side collision the pretensioner operates on the side in which the collision occurs The pretensioners operate differently depending on what types of air bags are equipped For details on the seat belt pretensioner operation refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 58 V Driver Air Bag The driver s air bag is mounted in the steering wheel When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force the driver s air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver s head or chest caused by directly hitting the steering wheel For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 58 With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System The driver s dual stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages During an impact of moderate severity the driver s air bag deploys with lesser energy whereas during more severe impacts it deploys with more energy 2 54 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Y Front Passenger Air Bag The front passenger air bag is mounted in the front passenger dashboard The inflation mechanism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver s air bag as men
66. belt is locked and cannot be pulled out retract the belt once and then try pulling it out slowly If this fails pull the belt strongly one time and loosen then pull it out again slowly 2 20 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Vv Automatic Locking Mode Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child restraint system from shifting to an unsafe position in the event of an accident To enable seat belt automatic locking mode pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child restraint system It will retract down to the child restraint system and stay locked on it See the section on child restraint page 2 30 2 21 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems V Fastening the Seat Belt 1 Grasp the seat belt tongue 2 Slowly pull out the lap shoulder belt 3 Insert the seat belt tongue into the seat belt buckle until you hear a click sound Seat belt buckle 2 22 A WARNING Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous Always make sure the shoulder portion of the seat belt is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck but never under your arm on your neck or on your upper arm 4 Position the lap belt as low as possible not on the abdominal area then adjust the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly against your body Keep low on hip bone hog A WARNING Posi
67. bottom raise the reclining lever and lean back slightly 2 Pull out the storage box 6 106 3 More items can be stowed if the cover is removed NOTE The cover can be kept in the seatback pocket of the driver s seat 4 Carefully lower the seat bottom backward until it locks in place Attempt to lift the seat bottom to make sure it is firmly locked down To stow the storage box 1 Clean out the inside of the storage box and then attach the cover to it 2 Pull the strap and lift the seat bottom up and forward 3 Make sure the underseat storage area is empty before storing it 4 Carefully lower the seat bottom backward until it locks in place Attempt to lift the seat bottom to make sure it is firmly locked down When folding the seatback of the right second row seat make sure the storage box is stowed If the storage box is not stowed it could be damaged A CAUTION When returning the seat bottom to its upright position make sure there is no object lodged between the seatback and the seat belt buckle If the seat bottom is returned to its upright position in this condition it could damage the seat belt buckle If the seat belt buckle does not return to its position after removing the obstruction move the buckle rearward with your hand and then lower the seat bottom Vv Cargo Securing Loops A WARNING Make sure luggage and cargo are secured before driving Not securing cargo
68. collision Refer to Emergency Locking Mode on page 2 20 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor automatic locking mode retractor In addition to the emergency locking mode function this belt has retractors that operate in another mode the automatic locking mode for the child restraint system Refer to Automatic Locking Mode on page 2 21 Refer to Installing Child Restraint Systems on page 2 36 We recommend you put all children in the rear seats if you must use the front passenger seat for a child slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make sure any child restraint system is secured properly 2 18 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A WARNING Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous During a collision occupants not wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown out of the vehicle They could be seriously injured or even killed In the same collision occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer Do not wear twisted seat belts Twisted seat belts are dangerous In a collision the full width of the belt is not available to absorb the impact This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt which could cause serious injury or death So if your seat belt is twisted you must straighten the seat belt to remove any twists and to allow the full width of t
69. cool air through the rear vents while the front climate control system is on It does not blow air when the front climate control is off The rear vents blow either outside air or recirculated air depending on the position in which the air intake selector switch is set Front climate control is given priority over the rear ventilation control 1 Ltr tt VY Control Switches Rear ventilation control switch To get air flowing through the rear vents first operate the fan control dial or turn on the AUTO switch on the front climate control operation panel Then switch on the rear ventilation control switch on the front climate control panel or switch on either the low or high rear vent button on the rear console Interior Comfort Climate Control System Rear vent buttons OFF oO LO O HI The rear vent switches adjust the airflow volume flowing from the rear vent OFF Fan off LO Low speed HI High speed NOTE Only cool or cold air no heat blows through the rear vents while the front climate control is on Heat for the rear passengers comes from under the front seats when the front heater is on and set to floor mode When pressing the rear ventilation control switch on the front control panel with climate control system on the rear ventilation system operates at low speed only To change to high speed press the HI rear vent button 6 10 Detachable Type To remove the antenna turn it c
70. down the cruise control SET switch and hold it The vehicle will gradually slow Release the switch at the speed you want Cruise control switch Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Your vehicle has a tap down feature that allows you to decrease your current speed in decrements of 1 6 km h 1 mph by a momentary tap of the cruise control SET switch Multiple taps will decrease your vehicle speed 1 6 km h 1 mph for each tap V To Resume Cruising Speed at More Than 30 km h 19 mph If some other method besides the OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed such as applying the brake pedal and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when the RES switch is pressed If vehicle speed is below 30 km h 19 mph increase the vehicle speed up to 30 km h 19 mph or more and press the RES switch YW To Cancel To cancel the system use one of these methods e Press the OFF switch e Slightly depress the brake pedal e Depress the clutch pedal Manual transaxle only 5 23 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving e Press the CANCEL switch The system turns off when the ignition is switched off NOTE Cruise control will cancel at about 15 km h 9 mph below the preset speed such as may happen when climbing a long steep grade Rao 5 24 Traction Control System TCS The Traction Control System
71. e Severe braking After rotation inflate all tire pressures to specification page 10 6 and inspect the lug nuts for tightness A CAUTION Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear not from side to side Tire performance will be reduced if rotated from side to side V Replacing a Tire A WARNING Always use tires that are in good condition Driving with worn tires is dangerous Reduced braking steering and traction could result in an accident Replace all four tires at the same time Replacing just one tire is dangerous It could cause poor handling and poor braking resulting in loss of vehicle control Mazda strongly recommends that you replace all four tires at the same time CAUTION With Tire Pressure Monitoring System When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged NOTE With Tire Pressure Monitoring System When tires with steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls are used the system may not function correctly even with a genuine wheel Refer to System Error Activation on page 5 32 Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors whenever tires or wheels are replaced Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 32 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance If a tire wears evenly a wear indicator will appear as a sol
72. e Take your vehicle only to a car wash that keeps its brushes well maintained e Do not use abrasive cleansers or wax that contain abrasives Maintenance and Care Appearance Care A CAUTION gt Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may damage the protective coating also cleaners and detergents may discolor or deteriorate the paint gt To prevent damaging the antenna remove it before entering a car wash facility or passing beneath a low overhead clearance Pay special attention to removing salt dirt mud and other foreign material from the underside of the fenders and make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial fallout and similar deposits can damage the finish if not removed immediately When prompt washing with plain water is ineffective use a mild soap made for use on vehicles Thoroughly rinse off all soap with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish After washing the vehicle dry it with a clean chamois to prevent water spots from forming 8 59 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care A WARNING Dry off brakes that have become wet by driving slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performanc
73. forward and backward and rocking the seatback 2 2 Never allow children to adjust a seat Allowing children to adjust a seat is dangerous as it could result in serious injury if a child s hands or feet become caught in the seat Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is stopped Adjusting the driver s seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous The driver could lose control of the vehicle and have an accident A CAUTION Be careful not to place your hands and fingers around moving parts of the front seat when adjusting the seat positions to prevent injury Y Seat Slide To move a seat forward or backward raise the lever and slide the seat to the desired position and release the lever Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seat is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward V Seat Recline A WARNING Do not drive with either front seat reclined Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you do not get the full protection from seat belts During sudden braking or a collision you can slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries For maximum protection sit well back and upright Always sit in the front passenger seat properly with the seatback upright and feet on the floor With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Your front passenger seat has weight sensors sitting in th
74. hills Driving with your foot continuously on the brake pedal or steadily applying the brakes for long distances is dangerous This causes overheated brakes resulting in longer stopping distances or even total brake failure This could cause loss of vehicle control and a serious accident Avoid continuous application of the brakes Dry off brakes that have become wet by driving slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A CAUTION gt Do not drive with your foot held on the clutch pedal or brake pedal or hold the clutch pedal depressed halfway unnecessarily Doing so could result in the following gt The clutch and brake parts will wear out more quickly gt The brakes can overheat and adversely affect brake performance gt Always depress the brake pedal with the right foot Applying the brakes with the unaccustomed left foot could slow your reaction time to an emergency situation resulting in insufficient braking operation gt Wear shoes appropriate for driving in order to avoid your shoe contacting the brake pedal when depressing the accelerator pedal V
75. iPod software version Category search Press the category down button lt to select the previous category and press the category up button gt to select the next category NOTE The types of categories include Playlist Artist Album Song Podcast Genre Composer and Audio book List search Press the list down button W to select the previous list and press the list up button A to select the next list NOTE When the selected category is Song or Audio book there is no list Interior Comfort Audio System Music Scan This function scans the titles in a list currently being played and plays ten seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to Press the scan button SCAN during playback to start the scan play operation the track number will flash Press the scan button SCAN again to cancel scan playback NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected Repeat playback 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback Random playback Tracks are randomly selected and played Song random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks in the list randomly SONG RDM is displayed 2 To cancel the random playback press the button again after 3 seconds Album random
76. indicator light has two colors Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber The indicator light illuminates amber when the ON switch is pressed and the cruise control system is activated Cruise Set Indicator Light Green The indicator light illuminates green when a cruising speed has been set Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Activation Deactivation To activate the system press the ON switch The cruise main indicator light illuminates To deactivate the system press the OFF switch The cruise main indicator light turns off A WARNING Always turn off the cruise control system when it is not in use Leaving the cruise control system in an activation ready state while the cruise control is not in use is dangerous as the cruise control could unexpectedly activate if the activation button is accidentally pressed and result in loss of vehicle control and an accident V To Set Speed 1 Activate the cruise control system by pressing the ON switch 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 30 km h 19 mph Some models 5 21 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 3 Set the cruise control by pressing the cruise control SET SET switch up or down at the desired speed The cruise control is set at the moment the cruise control SET SET switch is pressed up or down Release the accelerator pedal simultaneously NOTE e Release the cruise control sw
77. initialized state channel 184 is displayed after the display indicates UPDATING 100 If the SIRIUS channel map or the user contract content is changed the channel prior to the change is displayed after SUBSCRIPTION and UPDATED is displayed After the initialization display it may take as long as 12 seconds to receive channel 184 NOTE Do not perform the following operation while UPDATING is displayed Otherwise the updating procedure will be cancelled Turning off the audio power e Switching to other modes e Switching the ignition off When the SIRIUS mode is switched to another mode or when the power is turned off the present channel which is being received is stored as the last channel Channel selection Turning the manual tuning dial allows you to select the desired receiving channel e Turn the knob clockwise Channel Up e Turn the knob counterclockwise Channel Down Interior Comfort Audio System Unsubscribed channel When a selected station has not been subscribed to the display indicates the following After the channel number is displayed CALL 888 and 539 SIRI Flashes alternately is displayed NOTE When the subscription contract is canceled all of the channels including channel 184 appear as unsubscribed Invalid channel The display switches between SR bank number INVALID and SR bank number CHANNEL only when a selected channel is no
78. lever 3 33 Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors A WARNING Do not stack cargo or objects higher than the seatbacks Cargo stacked higher than the seatbacks is dangerous It can block your view in the rearview mirror which might cause you to hit another car when changing lanes 3 34 Before Driving Your Mazda Important information about driving your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions csccsssssessssesessssoes 4 2 Fuel Requirements vana Le es ees 4 2 Emission Control System cccccecceeseescceseeeeeeeeseeeseenseeseeeenes 4 3 Engine Exhaust Carbon Monoxide ccscsssseeceeteeeeeeeneeseees 4 4 Before Starting the Engine Before Getting Iia gneuen ee oie After Getting Me eeir n on n E he ES Driving Tips scssccsscsssesscsscssssssssscsssessssssssscssssessssssssssssessesees 4 6 Break In Period 2 fea sik eee he eatin 4 6 Money Saving Suggestions eceecceseeesceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneenseeatenes 4 6 Hazardous Driving sederii erin araea SE e asao A TERET 4 7 PlOOt Mat ospy riain Sera E N 4 7 Rocking the Vehicle cccccecceessesseeseeeeceseeeeeeseeseeeseeneeeeeeenes 4 8 Winter Diving arenen r ne hand R E E 4 8 Driving In Flooded Area s ssssssesseseesessesseseesesesseseesessrsessesese 4 10 Overloading haer e E a K ES 4 10 Driving on Uneven Road cccecccsccesceseesseeseeseeeeeseeneeeseenseeaes 4 11 TOWNS oieee Eero ie E E REE 4 12 Trailer Towing en
79. limit If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit and the gear does not shift down the gear position indication flashes 2 times to notify the driver that the gear cannot be shifted Kickdown When the accelerator pedal is depressed fully while driving the gear shifts down Auto shift down The gear shifts down automatically depending on the vehicle speed during deceleration NOTE If the vehicle comes to a stop while in the second gear fixed mode the gear remains in second 5 18 Recommendations for shifting Upshifting For normal acceleration and cruising we recommend these shift points Gear Vehicle speed MI to M2 25 km h 15 mph M2 to M3 41 km h 25 mph M3 to M4 65 km h 40 mph M4 to M5 73 km h 45 mph Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade downshift before the engine starts to overwork This gives better acceleration when you need more speed On a steep downgrade downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life V Driving Tips A WARNING Do not allow the vehicle to move in reverse on an up slope while the selector lever is in a forward gear position or move forward on a down slope while the selector lever is in the reverse position Otherwise the engine will stop causing the loss of the power brake and power steering functions and make it difficult to control the vehicle which could result in an accident Passing F
80. manual You ll find several WARNINGs CAUTIONSs and NOTES in the manual A WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation in which serious injury or death could result if the warning is ignored CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which bodily injury or damage to your vehicle or both could result if the caution is ignored NOTE A NOTE provides information and sometimes suggests how to make better use of your vehicle The symbol below located on some parts of the vehicle indicates that this manual contains information related to the part Please refer to the manual for a detailed explanation Table of Contents Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior exterior views and part identification of your Mazda Essential Safety Equipment Use of safety equipment including seats seat belt system child restraint systems and SRS air bags Knowing Your Mazda Explanation of basic operations and controls opening closing and adjustment of various parts Before Driving Your Mazda Important information about driving your Mazda Driving Your Mazda Explanation of instruments and controls Interior Comfort Use of various features for drive comfort including air conditioning and audio system In Case of an Emergency Helpful information on what to do in an emergency Maintenance and Care How to keep your Mazda in top condition Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
81. more quickly the pedal will feel softer but the brakes will apply more firmly This is a normal effect of the brake assist operation and does not indicate a malfunction When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly a motor pump operation noise may be heard This is a normal effect of the brake assist and does not indicate a malfunction The brake assist equipment does not supersede the functionality of the vehicle s main braking system 5 9 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Manual Transaxle Operation V Manual Transaxle Shift Pattern R135 24 6 Neutral position The shift pattern of the transaxle is conventional as shown Depress the clutch pedal all the way down while shifting then release it slowly Your vehicle is equipped with a device to prevent shifting to R reverse by mistake Push the shift lever downward and shift to R 5 10 A WARNING Do not use sudden engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds Shifting down while driving on wet snowy or frozen roads or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking which is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 or R position and set the parking brake when leaving the vehicle unattended Otherwise the vehicle could move and cause an acciden
82. not activate in most rollovers rear impacts With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System In addition the pretensioner system for the front passenger is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat e Some smoke non toxic gas will be released when the air bags and pretensioners deploy This does not indicate a fire This gas normally has no effect on occupants however those with sensitive skin may experience light skin irritation If residue from the deployment of the air bags or the front pretensioner system gets on the Do not modify the components or skin or in the eyes wash it off as soon as wiring or use electronic testing devices possible on the pretensioner system Modifying the components or wiring V Air Bag Front Seat Belt of the pretensioner system including Pretensioner System Warning Light the use of electronic testing devices is dangerous You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable 5 which would prevent it from Ca activating in an accident The 4 occupants or repairers could be seriously injured Properly dispose of the pretensioner If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system system is working properly the warning Improper disposal of the pretensioner light illuminates when the ignition is system or a vehicle with non switched ON or after the engine is deactivated pretensioners is cranked The warning light turns of
83. not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema de acceso normal sin llave Modelo SKE125 01 Sistema de acceso normal sin lave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMASK05 615 3 6 VY Transmitter Maintenance If the buttons on the transmitter are inoperable and the operation indicator light does not flash the battery may be dead Replace with a new battery before the transmitter becomes unusable A CAUTION gt Install the battery with the positive pole facing down Battery leakage could occur if it is not installed correctly gt When replacing the batt
84. of the communication area The device has a malfunction The device is not connected to the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle e The device s battery is weak e e e The device is turned off The device is placed where radio reception is difficult The ignition is switched off 6 91 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Safety Certification FCC ID CB2MBLUEC09 IC 279B MBLUEC09 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation A WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter End users and installers must be provided with installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance 6 92 Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service e U S A Phone 800 430 0153 Toll free www MazdaUSA com bluetooth Canada
85. of the USB device is in the order of the folder numbers Folders which have no MP3 WMA AAC files are skipped e Do not remove the USB device while in the USB mode The data may be damaged Pause To stop playback press the Play Pause button PAI Press the button again to resume playback Fast forward Reverse Press and hold the fast forward button A to advance through a track at high speed Press and hold the reverse button V to reverse through a track at high speed Track search Press the track up button A once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button W within a few seconds after playback begins to track down to the beginning of the previous track Press the track down button W after a few seconds have elapsed to start playback from the beginning of the current track Folder search To change to the previous folder press the folder down button W or press the folder up button A to advance to the next folder Music Scan This function scans the titles in a folder currently being played and plays ten seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to Press the scan button SCAN during playback to start the scan play operation the track number will flash Press the scan button SCAN again to cancel scan playback NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected Repeat playback
86. of the talk button is used to operate the system as follows e Short press Press the button less than 0 7 sec e Long press Press the button 0 7 sec or more Information display When available the information display shows telephone numbers Bluetooth Hands Free messages and operation status Bluetooth phone connected E DISC IN ST AUTO M RPT RDM Je PECETE Hi Bi 6 71 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Microphone The microphone is used for speaking voice commands or exchanging conversation Microphone Audio unit The audio unit is used for adjusting the volume V Voice To prevent the deterioration in voice recognition rate and voice quality the following points must be observed e It is not necessary to face the microphone or approach it Speak the voice commands while maintaining a safe driving position 6 72 e Close the windows and or the moonroof to reduce loud noises from outside the vehicle or turn down the airflow of the climate control system while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used Voice recognition may not function correctly or voice quality may deteriorate under the following conditions e A passenger is speaking e Driving with the window and or the moonroof open e Driving on bumpy roads e Noise outside of the vehicle is loud Construction sites inside tunnels excess oncoming traffic or heavy rain
87. pull up the remote fuel filler lid release Remote fuel filler lid release NOTE The fuel filler lid cannot be opened when the right side sliding door is open Close the sliding door to open the fuel filler lid V Fuel Filler Cap To remove the fuel filler cap turn it counterclockwise Attach the removed cap to the inner side of the fuel lid 3 20 To close the fuel filler cap turn it clockwise until a click is heard A CAUTION Make sure the fuel filler cap is tightened securely The check engine light may illuminate when the cap is not tightened securely If the light remains on even after you have tightened the cap securely driven and restarted the engine several times it may indicate a different problem Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Always check that the hood is closed and securely locked A hood that is not closed and securely locked is dangerous as it could fly open while the vehicle is moving and block the driver s vision which could result in a serious accident Vv Opening the Hood 1 With the vehicle parked pull the release handle to unlock the hood 2 Insert your hand into the hood opening slide the hood latch lever and lift the hood Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 3 Grasp the support rod in the padded area and secure it in the support rod hole indicated by the arrow to hold the hood open
88. restraint system An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Make sure the child restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions Never attach two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor Attaching two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous In a collision one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child restraint system attachments and it may break causing serious injury or death If you use the seat position for another child restraint system when an outboard LATCH position is occupied use the center seat belts instead and the tether if tether equipped Make sure the child restraint system is properly secured An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions on belt routing to secure the seat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in an improperly secured seat later on When not in use remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child restraint systems Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child
89. right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation Air Conditioning and the Environment Your Mazda s genuine air conditioner is filled with a refrigerant that has been found not to damage the earth s ozone layer If the air conditioner does not operate properly consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Perchlorate Certain components of this vehicle such as air bag modules seat belt pretensioners lithium batteries may contain Perchlorate Material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Please be aware that this manual applies to all models equipment and options As a result you may find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle 2014 Mazda Motor Corporation Printed in Japan Aug 2014 Print1l How to Use This Manual We want to help you get the most driving pleasure from your vehicle Your owner s manual when read from cover to cover can do that in many ways Illustrations complement the words of the manual to best explain how to enjoy your Mazda By reading your manual you can find out about the features important safety information and driving under various road conditions The symbol below in this manual means Do not do this or Do not let this happen Index A good place to start is the Index an alphabetical listing of all information in your
90. slippery surfaces such as ice or packed snow use sand rock salt chains carpeting or other nonslip material under the front wheels NOTE Use snow chains only on the front wheels Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips A WARNING Make sure the floor mats are hooked on the retention pins to prevent them from bunching up under the foot pedals Using a floor mat that is not secured is dangerous as it will interfere with the accelerator and brake pedal operation which could result in an accident Do not install two floor mats one on top of the other on the driver s side Installing two floor mats one on top of the other on the driver s side is dangerous as the retention pins can only keep one floor mat from sliding forward In using a heavy duty floor mat for winter use always remove the original floor mat Loose floor mat s will interfere with the foot pedal and could result in an accident When setting a floor mat position the floor mat so that its eyelets are inserted over the pointed end of the retention posts 4 7 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Rocking the Vehicle A WARNING Do not spin the wheels at more than 56 km h 35 mph and do not allow anyone to stand behind a wheel when pushing the vehicle When the vehicle is stuck spinning the wheels at high speed is dangerous The spinning tire could overheat and explode This could cause Serious injuries A CAUTION Too much
91. soaked in clean water and wrung out well Remove moisture with a dry soft cloth and allow the leather to further dry in a well ventilated shaded area If the leather gets wet such as from rain also remove moisture and dry it as soon as possible Some models 8 63 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care NOTE e Because genuine leather is a natural material its surface is not uniform and it may have natural scars scratches and wrinkles To maintain the quality for as long as possible periodical maintenance about twice a year is recommended e Sand and dust on the seat surface may damage the overcoat of the genuine leather surfaces and accelerate wear e Greasy soiling on genuine leather may cause molding and stains e Rubbing hard with a stiff brush or cloth may cause damage Do not wipe the leather using alcohol chlorine bleach or organic solvents such as thinner benzene or gasoline Otherwise it may cause discoloration or stains e If the seats get wet promptly remove moisture with a dry cloth Remaining moisture on the surface may cause deterioration such as hardening and shrinkage e Exposure to direct sunlight for long periods may cause deterioration and shrinkage When parking the car under direct sunlight for long periods shade the interior using sunshades Do not leave vinyl products on the seats for long periods as they may affect the leather quality and coloring If the cabin temperatur
92. spare tire on the front wheels driving wheels Driving with the temporary spare tire on one of the front driving wheels is dangerous Handling will be affected You could lose control of the vehicle especially on ice or snow bound roads and have an accident Move a regular tire to the front wheel and install the temporary spare tire to the rear In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire A CAUTION gt When using the temporary spare tire driving stability may decrease compared to when using only the conventional tire Drive carefully gt To avoid damage to the temporary spare tire or to the vehicle observe the following precautions gt Do not exceed 80 km h 50 mph gt Avoid driving over obstacles Also do not drive through an automatic car wash This tire s diameter is smaller than a conventional tire so the ground clearance is reduced about 25 mm 1 in gt Do not use a tire chain on this tire because it won t fit properly gt Do not use your temporary spare tire on any other vehicle it has been designed only for your Mazda gt Use only one temporary spare tire on your vehicle at the same time NOTE With Tire Pressure Monitoring System A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used page 5 30 To remove the spare tire 1 Fold the third row seat forward page 2 10 In
93. supplemental protection With the front air bag and the additional side air bag that comes out of the front seat the rear seat is always a better location for children Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the side window even if the child is seated in a child restraint system 2 33 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained A CAUTION A seat belt or child restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during warm weather To avoid burning yourself or a child check them before you or your child touches them NOTE Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH child restraint systems in the rear seats When using these anchors to secure a child restraint system refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 43 2 34 Child Restraint System Installation Position In this owner s manual explanation of child restraint systems is provided for the following three types of popular child restraint systems infant seat child seat booster
94. switch the ignition ON then back to ACC or OFF 2 Wait for about 15 minutes 3 After about 15 minutes drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and the tire pressure sensor ID signal code will be registered automatically NOTE If the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutes of changing tires the tire pressure monitoring system warning light will flash because the sensor ID signal code would not have been registered If this happens park the vehicle for about 15 minutes after which the sensor ID signal code will register upon driving the vehicle for 10 minutes Replacing tires and wheels A CAUTION gt When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged gt The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors installed whenever tires or wheels are replaced When having a tire or wheel or both replaced the following types of tire pressure sensor installations are possible e The tire pressure sensor is removed from the old wheel and installed to the new one e The same tire pressure sensor is used with the same wheel Only the tire is replaced Driving Your Mazda Starting and
95. switched ON NOTE The Daytime Running Lights turn off when the parking brake is applied Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Turn and Lane Change Signals Turn signals Move the signal lever down for a left turn or up for a right turn to the stop position The signal will self cancel after the turn is completed If the indicator light continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to its original position Right turn li Right lane change Left lane change li Left turn Green indicators on the dashboard show which signal is working Lane change signals Move the lever halfway toward the direction of the change until the indicator flashes and hold it there It will return to the off position when released NOTE Ifan indicator light stays on without flashing or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out A personalized function is available to change the turn indicator sound volume Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 5 63 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Fog Lights The fog lights will improve visibility at night and during foggy conditions The headlights must be turned on to turn on the fog lights To turn the fog lights on rotate the fog light switch to the 40 position Fog light switch To turn the fog lights off rotate the fog light switch to the OFF position or turn the headligh
96. system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident To determine if you have a slow leak ora flat pull over to a safe position where you can check the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a place where air may be added and the system monitored again by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous even if you know why it is illuminated Have the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situation that could lead to tire failure and a dangerous accident Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds When the warning light illuminates and the warning beep sound is heard about 3 seconds tire pressure is too low in one or more tires Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire pressure Refer to the specification charts page 10 6 A CAUTION When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged NOTE e Perform tire pressure adjustment when the tires are cold Tire pressure will vary accord
97. system phonebook Do you want to continue 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt Please wait erasing the Hands Free system phonebook 10 Prompt Hands Free system phonebook erased Read out of names registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook Bluetooth Hands Free can read out the list of names registered to its phonebook 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep List names 5 Prompt XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX Ex John s phone Mary s phone Bill s phone Voice guidance reads out the voice tags registered to the phonebook Press the talk button with a short press during the read out at the desired name and then say one of the following voice commands to execute it e Continue Continues the list read out data when the talk button is short pressed e Edit Edits the registered phonebook data when the talk button is short pressed e Delete Deletes the registered phonebook data when the talk button is short pressed e Previous Returns to the previous phonebook data in read out when the talk button is short pressed 6 Prompt End of list would you like to start from the beginning 7 Say Beep No 8 The procedure returns to Ste
98. teenie 7 23 Tire Information ccceceseeeeees 9 23 Tire Pressure Monitoring System 5 28 System error activation 5 32 Tire pressure monitoring system warning light seee 5 30 Tires and wheels c ceseeee 5 32 T Tires Flat tife neninn 7 3 Inflation pressure ceceee 8 37 Replacement eceeereeees 8 39 Rotations ccna aie 8 38 SNOW UIPES hiran riiit 4 9 Spare tire and tool storage 7 3 Specifications cceeeeeeeeeeees 10 6 Tire chais iene ennei 4 9 Uniform tire quality grading system UTOGS nirien 9 21 TOOL ea e 2 22 7 3 Towing Description ceceeeeseesreeteeeees 7 22 Emergency towing s s s 7 22 HOOK saneso ransa 7 23 Recreational towing 006 7 25 Trailer towing eeeeeeeereeees 4 12 Traction Control System TCS 5 24 TCS DSC indicator light 5 25 Trailer Towing ceeeseeceeseeseeeteeees 4 12 Trip Meter scesnonneienn iosia 5 41 Turn and Lane Change Signals 5 63 U Underseat Storage ececeeeeees 6 104 Vv Vanity Mirrors ceceeseeseeteeeeeeeeeees 6 93 Vehicle Information Labels 10 2 Index W Warning Lights eceeeeseereeteees 5 44 ABS2ataisG astecnsiieeane hits 5 47 Air bag system sssr 5 50 Automatic transaxle 0 0 0 0 5 51 Brake system ccescesseeeeees 5 46 Charging system esecee 5 48 Check engine ceeeeeeree
99. that all parties cannot agree upon the owner may wish to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling and preparing for their arbitration hearings However before you can proceed with CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the Provincial Administrator at 1 800 207 0685 or by contacting the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan 235 Yorkland Boulevard suite 300 North York Ontario M2J 4Y8 http camvap ca Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below Province Territory CAMVAP Number British Columbia amp Yukon Territories 1 800 207 0685 Alberta amp Northwest Territories 1 800 207 0685 Saskatchewan 1 800 207 0685 Manitoba 1 800 207 0685 Ontario 1 800 207 0685 Atlantic Canada 1 800 207 0685 Quebec 1 800 207 0685 V Regional Offices REGIONAL OFFICES COVERING AREAS MAZDA CANADA INC WESTERN REGION ALBERTA 5011 275 STREET BRITISH COLUMBIA LANGLEY BRITISH COLUMBIA MANITOBA V4W 0A8 SASKATCHEWAN 778 369 2100 YUK
100. the beginning to the end of a single period of CD ROM CD R CD RW data recording Multi session refers to the existence of data from two or more sessions on a single disc Sampling Refers to the process of encoding analog audio data at regular intervals and converting it to digital data The sampling rate refers to the number of times a sample is taken in one second and is expressed in Hz units Increasing the sampling rate improves the sound quality but also increases the data size Bit rate Refers to the volume of data per second expressed in bps bits per second Generally the larger the number of the transfer bit rate when compressing an MP3 file the more information regarding musical reproduction it carries and therefore the better the sound quality Packet writing A general term for the method similar to that used for floppy discs or hard drives of recording the required file in a single increment on a CD R and similar ID3 Tag ID3 tag is a method for storing information related to the music in an MP3 file Information such as track artist and album name can be stored This content can be freely edited using ID3 editing function software VBR Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate While CBR Constant Bit Rate is generally used VBR varies the bit rate for audio compression according to compression conditions and this allows for compression with preference given to sound quality V Operating Tips for W
101. the cargo weight limit decreases by that much GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver s door frame or door pillar The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver s door frame or door pillar The GVW must never exceed the GVWR 9 38 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A SAMPLE DATE CU GVWRIPNBV LO LB ID KG FRONT GAWRIPNBE AV C110 LB COO KG REAR GAWR PNBE AR CLI LB CD KG WITH AVEC CN TIRES PNEUS WITHIAVEC COL TIRES PNEUS RIMSMANTES RIMSMANTES CO KPA EL PSI COLD A FROID CO KPA LI PSI COLD A FROID me VIN TYPE L M
102. the front seat belt pretensioner may not operate normally which could result in serious injury to occupants Do not modify the supplemental restraint system Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is dangerous You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable Do not make any modifications to the supplemental restraint system This includes installing trim badges or anything else over the air bag modules It also includes installing extra electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring An Authorized Mazda Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of front seats It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the bags do not accidentally deploy the driver seat slide position sensor and front passenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain an undamaged air bag connection 2 50 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags NOTE e When an air bag deploys a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released Neither is likely to cause injury however the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction e Should you sell your Mazda we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and that familiarization with all instructions about them from the Owner s Manual is important This highly visible label is displayed whic
103. the hang up button e After receiving a new incoming call the previous call is placed on hold Switching calls Switching back to the previous call can also be done Method 1 1 Press the pick up button 2 Prompt Swapping calls Method 2 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Swap calls 3 Prompt Swapping calls Three way call function 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Join calls 3 Prompt Joining calls Making a call using a telephone number 1 Press the talk button with a short press Say Beep Dial Prompt Number please Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Telephone number 5 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Telephone number After the beep continue to add numbers or say Go Back to re enter the last entered numbers or press the Pick Up button to execute dialing KR WwW Ww 6 82 6 Dialing Press the pick up button or say Dial then go to Step 7 Adding inputting telephone number Say XXXX desired telephone number then go to Step 5 Telephone number correction Say Go Back The prompt replies Go Back The last entered numbers have been removed Then go back to Step 3 7 Prompt Dialing Making calls using the phonebook 1 Press the talk button with a short press Say Beep Call Prompt Name please Say Beep XXXXX Ex
104. the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child V If You Must Use the Front Seat for Children If you cannot put all children in the rear seats at least put the smallest children in the rear and be sure the largest child up front uses the shoulder belt over the shoulder NEVER put a rear facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat whether your vehicle is equipped with a seat weight sensor or not This seat is also not set up for tethered child restraint systems put them in one of the rear seat positions set up with tether anchors Likewise the LATCH child restraint system cannot be secured in the front passenger s seat and should be used in the second row seats Do not allow anyone to sleep against the side window if you have optional side and curtain air bags it could cause serious injuries to an out of position occupant As children more often sleep in cars it is better to put them in the rear seat If installing the child restraint system on the front seat is unavoidable follow these instructions when using a front facing child restraint system in the front passenger s seat NOTE To check if your front seats have side air bags Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bag will have a SRS AIRBAG tag on the outboard shoulder of the front seats To check if your vehicle has curtain air bags
105. tire wear When checking the tire pressures use of a digital tire pressure gauge is recommended jis Refer to the specification charts page 10 6 Some models 8 37 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE e Always check tire pressure when tires are cold Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures Don t release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure e Underinflation can cause reduced fuel economy uneven and accelerated tire wear and poor sealing of the tire bead which will deform the wheel and cause separation of tire from rim e Overinflation can produce a harsh ride uneven and accelerated tire wear and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards Keep your tire pressure at the correct levels If one frequently needs inflating have it inspected Tire Rotation A WARNING Rotate tires periodically Irregular tire wear is dangerous To equalize tread wear for maintaining good performance in handling and braking rotate the tires according to the scheduled maintenance charts Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on page 8 4 8 38 During rotation inspect them for correct balance Z O O7 Forward Do not include TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire in rotation Also inspect them for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following e Incorrect tire pressure e Improper wheel alignment e Out of balance wheel
106. unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision resulting in severe injury After returning the seatback at any time even when there are no other passengers rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place 2 10 Never allow a passenger to sit or stand on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving Driving with a passenger on the folded seatback is dangerous Allowing a child to sit up on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving is particularly dangerous In a sudden stop or even a minor collision a child not in a proper seat or child restraint system and seat belt could be thrown forward back or even out of the vehicle resulting in serious injuries or death The child in the baggage area could be thrown into other occupants and cause serious injury NOTE The third row seat cannot be removed V Folding the Third Row Seat To create a flat luggage compartment space fold the seatbacks forward To fold third row seat 1 Slide the second row seat all the way forward 2 Insert the third row outboard seat belts in the retainers B 3 Lower the head restraints all the way down page 2 14 4 Pull the strap and fold the seatback forward 5 Lock the seatback in place by pushing it down Make sure the seatback is secured by attempting to lightly move it up and down NOTE To create a flat lug
107. wait at least 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 4 Pull out the dipstick wipe it clean and reinsert it fully 5 Pull it out again and examine the level The level is normal if it is between Low and Full If it is near or below Low add enough oil to bring the level to Full CAUTION Do not add engine oil over Full This may cause engine damage 6 Make sure the O ring on the dipstick is positioned properly before reinserting the dipstick 8 21 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Engine Coolant V Inspecting Coolant Level A WARNING Do not use a match or live flame in the engine compartment DO NOT ADD COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT A hot engine is dangerous If the engine has been running parts of the engine compartment can become very hot You could be burned Carefully inspect the engine coolant in the coolant reservoir but do not open it Os Switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured i mi Y Do not remove either cooling system cap when the engine and radiator are hot When the engine and radiator are hot scalding
108. wheel to change to the AUX mode NOTE When the device is not connected to the auxiliary jack the mode does not switch to the AUX mode e Set the volume of the portable audio unit to the maximum within the range that the sound does not become distorted then adjust the volume using the power volume dial of the audio unit or the up down switch of the audio control switch e Audio adjustments other than audio volume can only be done using the portable audio device Ifthe connection plug is pulled out from the auxiliary jack while in AUX mode noise may occur 6 51 Interior Comfort Audio System Y How to use USB mode Play Pause button File dial Track up Fast forward button Folder up button Random button Repeat button SS Folder down button Track down Reverse button Type Playable data USB mode MP3 WMA AAC file Playback 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON 2 Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on 3 Press the source change button Aix of the audio unit or the mode switch MODE of the audio control switches on the steering wheel to switch to the USB mode and start playback 6 52 Text button Scan button Source change button Scroll button NOTE e When the USB device is not connected the mode does not switch to USB mode When there is no playable data in the USB device NO CONTENTS is indicated e Playback
109. while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Use the loops in the luggage compartment to secure cargo with a rope or net The tensile strength of the loops is 196 N 20 kgf 44 lbf Do not apply excessive force to the loops as it will damage them Vv Cargo Sub Compartment Lift the cover Se Cargo sub compartment _ 6 107 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Rear Coat Hooks A WARNING Never hang heavy or sharp objects on the assist grips and coat hooks Hanging heavy or sharp ended objects such as a coat hanger from the assist grips or coat hooks is dangerous as they can fly off and hit an occupant in the cabin if a curtain air bag was to deploy which could result in serious injury or death Always hang clothes on the coat hooks and the assist grips without hangers Coat hook 6 108 V Luggage Compartment A golf bag can be carried in the luggage compartment To place a golf bag in the luggage compartment use the following procedure 1 Remove the cover for the side storage space 2 Insert the top of the golf bag into the side storage space Side storage space NOTE e Some golf bags cannot fit depending on their size e Golf bags up to nine inches in diameter can be carried Accessory Sockets Switch the ignition to ACC or
110. your favorite stations Preset channel call up Press and release the channel preset button SR bank number CH preset number channel number appears When the preset button is pressed during text mode its channel number is displayed first for three second and then its text is displayed NOTE In the initial setting all channels are preset to 184 6 34 Category change Press the category button gt or lt and select the desired category e Press the category button gt Category up e Press the category button lt Category down Every time the category button gt is pressed the category is changed over in the order shown below At this time the lowest smallest number channel within the category indicated is received When the highest or lowest category is reached the category is changed over in the order shown below Highest category All categories gt Lowest category NOTE While all categories are selected all channels covering a category can be accessed Category off condition Channel selection within a category If you are in a selected category and the channel number is displayed turning the manual tuning dial moves the channel number up down in that category e Turn the manual tuning dial clockwise Channel Up e Turn the manual tuning dial counterclockwise Channel Down NOTE The channel number needs to be indicated in the display to use
111. 1 3 BT Audio is displayed If the current device is AVRCP Ver 1 3 The playback time is displayed NOTE If the Bluetooth audio device does not begin playback press the Play Pause button Pl e If the mode is switched from Bluetooth audio mode to another mode radio mode audio playback from the Bluetooth audio device stops Ifa call is received on a hands free mobile phone during playback from the Bluetooth audio device the playback is stopped Playback from the Bluetooth audio device resumes after the call ends Playback 1 To listen to a Bluetooth audio device over the vehicle s speaker system switch the mode to Bluetooth audio mode Refer to Switching to Bluetooth audio mode 2 To stop playback press the Play Pause button Pll 3 Press the button again to resume playback 6 68 Selecting a file track Short press the track down button W or turn the file dial counterclockwise Selects the beginning of the current file track Short press the track up button A or turn the file dial clockwise Selects the next file track Fast forward Reverse only AVRCP Ver 1 3 Fast forward Press and hold the track up button A Reverse Press and hold the track down button Y Switching the display only AVRCP Ver 1 3 For files with a song title and other information that have been input the display switches between display of the song title
112. 5A Instrument panel illumination 34 ENG INJ 25A Engine control system 35 ENG BAR 15A Engine control system 36 37 M DEF 7 5A Mirror defogger 38 DEFOG 25A Rear window defogger 39 HEAD LOL 15A Headlight low beam LH 40 HEAD LOR 15A Headlight low beam RH 8 54 Some models Fuse block Passenger s side Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Ne A A A A A J DESCRIPTION BUSE PROTECTED COMPONENT RATING 1 P W 30A Power window 2 M DEF 3 STARTER 10A Engine control system 4 ENG3 20A Engine control system 5 P W 6 P OUTLET 15A Accessory sockets Cargo compartment 7 SHIFT L 5A Transaxle control system 8 CIGAR 15A Accessory sockets Dashboard 9 MIRROR 7 5A Power control mirror 10 A C 10A Air conditioner 11 F WIP 25A Front window wiper and washer 12 R WIP 15A Rear window wiper 13 ENG 14 METER 10A Instrument cluster 15 SAS 10A Airbag 16 S WARM 15A Seat warmer 17 ABS DSC 18 EHPAS 5A Power assist steering 19 ENG2 15A Engine control system 8 55 Some models Maintenance and Care Appearance Care How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage The paintwork on your Mazda represents the latest technical developments in composition and methods of application Environmental hazards however can harm the paint s pr
113. 6 WV 4 Device name 7 v4 GO BACK NOTE Only the names of programmed devices can be displayed If only one device is programmed only the name for this device is displayed 5 If a selection other than GO BACK is made and the audio control dial is pressed SURE NO is displayed 6 Rotate the audio control dial clockwise and switch the display to SURE YES NOTE The display changes as follows depending on whether the audio control dial is rotated clockwise or counterclockwise Clockwise SURE YES displayed Counterclockwise SURE NO displayed 7 Press the audio control dial to delete the selected device NOTE Select GO BACK and press the audio control dial to return to the PAIR DELETE display 8 PAIR DELETED is displayed for three seconds after the deletion is completed and then it returns to the normal display NOTE If an error occurs while trying to delete the programmed device Err flashes in the display for three seconds and the display returns to LINK DELETE Bluetooth audio device information display 1 Using the audio control dial select the pair device information display mode DEVICE INFO in the BT SETUP mode Refer to Bluetooth audio device set up for details 2 Press the audio control dial to determine the mode 3 The name of the Bluetooth
114. 641 1777 V MEXICO Mazda Motor de Mexico Mario Pani 150 PB Col Lomas de Santa Fe Mexico D F C P 05300 Del Cuajimalpa TEL Center of Attention to Clients 01 800 016 2932 in Mexico YV GUAM Triple J Motors 157 South Marine Drive Tamuning GUAM 96911 USA P O Box 6066 Tamuning Guam 96931 TEL 671 649 6555 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Mazda Importer Distributors V SAIPAN Pacific International Marianas Inc d b a Midway Motors P O Box 887 Saipan MP 96950 TEL 670 234 7524 Triple J Saipan Inc d b a Triple J Motors P O Box 500487 Saipan MP 96950 0487 TEL 670 234 7133 3051 YV AMERICAN SAMOA Polynesia Motors Inc P O Box 1120 Pago Pago American Samoa 96799 TEL 684 699 9347 9 13 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Warranties for Your Mazda New Vehicle Limited Warranty Powertrain Limited Warranty Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty Anti perforation Limited Warranty Federal Emission Control Warranty California Emission Control Warranty e Emission Defect Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e Emission Control Warranty e Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty e Tire Warranty NOTE Warranty information varies depending on the country Refer to the Warranty Booklet for detailed warranty information eoeeee 9 14 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside
115. 8 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 x1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 ENGINE Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120 000 km if noisy adjust Drive belts I I I Engine oil R R R R RI RIRIRI RIRIRYIR Engine oil filter R R IR R I RJR RIRIRI_RIRIR COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I I I Replace at first 200 000 km or 10 years after that eve Enamecoolait maae i 100 000 km or 5 years Ai Others R R R FUEL SYSTEM Air filter R R R R R R Fuel lines and hoses 1 r I Hoses and tubes for emission 1 r I Fuel filter Replace every 60 000 km IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 120 000 km CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I I I I Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I Brake fluid R R R Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel bearing axial play l l I I Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T T T Exhaust system and heat shields I I I I I I All locks and hinges EHE E E kE B P EAEE J EGEA E TACE Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I 8 10 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever
116. A is pressed about 1 5 seconds playback starts from the beginning of the next program When the seek tuning button A is pressed about 1 5 seconds while the last program is being played the instant replay mode is cancelled When the seek tuning button A is pressed for 1 5 seconds or longer the program is fast forwarded while the button is being pressed When pressing and holding the button until the end of the program the instant replay mode is cancelled When the instant replay button PII is pressed again playback is paused or playback starts if it has been paused Instant replay PAUSE If the instant replay button PII is pressed while the instant replay mode is off instant replay mode is turned on in a paused condition PAUSE Press the instant replay button PI again to resume playback from the point at which it was paused Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE If the channel is changed the instant replay buffer data is deleted After turning on the power and switching to SIRIUS digital satellite radio mode the instant replay mode is not available for several seconds after changing channels Initialization of ID code If the registered ID code is forgotten return the ID code to the default 0000 by performing the following steps Setting condition SAT mode Master code input preparation 1 Press and hold the scan button SCAN then press channel preset button 4 Hold both butto
117. Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A CAUTION If there is no ATF adhering to the dipstick even after the engine has been warmed up do not drive the vehicle Otherwise the automatic transaxle could be damaged 6 With the brake pedal depressed shift the shift lever from the park position P to drive position D at intervals of several seconds and then shift to the park position P again N Drive 5 km 4 mile or more in a city Park on a level surface shift the shift lever to the park position P and set the parking brake firmly o0 o While the engine is still idling pull out the dipstick and wipe it clean and then reinsert it 10 Check the ATF level The proper fluid level indicated on the dipstick should be as follows Some models 8 25 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A CAUTION gt Use the cold scale only as a reference gt If outside temperature is lower than about 20 C 70 F start the engine and inspect the fluid level after the engine reaches operating temperature gt If the vehicle has been driven for an extended period at high speeds or in city traffic in hot weather inspect the level only after stopping the engine and allowing the fluid to cool for 30 minutes If the ATF level does not reach the appropriate level consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected NO
118. CK is pressed They all unlock when the unmarked part of the door lock switch is pressed k ine Unlock Lock Locking unlocking with transmitter All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 3 Y Sliding Door Open Close A WARNING Do not leave a sliding door open while parked on an incline Leaving a sliding door open is dangerous The door may open unexpectedly resulting in injury 3 11 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A CAUTION When opening closing a sliding door follow the cautions below If the cautions are not heeded hands feet or even a head may be caught ina door resulting in an injury gt Use the door handle gt Keep your hands feet and head away from the sliding door openings gt Make sure that there is nothing behind the sliding doors gt Keep your hands and feet away from the sliding door rails arms and pillars Pillar a When you leave the vehicle stop the engine and lock the doors And do not put valuables in your vehicle to prevent theft 3 12 Opening closing from inside To open pull the inner door handle toward the back To close push the inner door handle toward the front n y Opening closing from outside Pull the outer door handle and slide the door NOTE The right sliding door cannot fully open when th
119. Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 2 Open and fold back the trunk board over the third row seatback sy SS iS Cargo ET compartment 4 Turn the tire hold down bolt counterclockwise with the lug wrench 7 6 To secure the spare tire Perform the removal procedure in reverse Changing a Flat Tire NOTE If the following occurs while driving it could indicate a flat tire e Steering becomes difficult The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively The vehicle pulls in one direction If you have a flat tire drive slowly to a level spot that is well off the road and out of the way of traffic to change the tire Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of a busy road is dangerous A WARNING Be sure to follow the directions for changing a tire Changing a tire is dangerous if not done properly The vehicle can slip off the jack and seriously injure someone No person should place any portion of their body under a vehicle that is supported by a jack Never allow anyone inside a vehicle supported by a jack Allowing someone to remain in a vehicle supported by a jack is dangerous The occupant could cause the vehicle to fall resulting in serious injury A CAUTION With Tire Pressure Monitoring System The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pre
120. Defects Reporting Safety Defects U S A If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mazda Motor Corporation Your Mazda Importer Distributor If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mazda Motor Corporation Your Mazda Importer Distributor To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov NOTE If you live in the U S A all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine California 92618 2922 or P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 Customer Experience Center or toll free at 1 800 222 5500 If you live outside of the U S A please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown page 9 13 in this booklet 9 42 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety
121. Driving e A new tire pressure sensor is installed to a new wheel NOTE The tire pressure sensor ID signal code must be registered when a new tire pressure sensor is purchased For purchase of a tire pressure sensor and registration of the tire pressure sensor ID signal code consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer e When reinstalling a previously removed tire pressure sensor to a wheel replace the grommet seal between valve body sensor and wheel for the tire pressure sensor 5 33 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Parking Sensor System The parking sensor system uses ultrasonic sensors to detect obstructions around the vehicle while parking the vehicle in a garage or during parallel parking when the vehicle is driven at a speed of about 10 km h 6 mph or less The system is equipped with an assist device to notify the driver of the approximate distance from the vehicle to the surrounding obstruction using a beep sound Rear corner sensor A WARNING Do not rely completely on the parking sensor system and be sure to confirm the safety around your vehicle visually when driving This system can assist the driver in operating the vehicle in the forward and backward directions while parking The detection ranges of the sensors are limited therefore driving the vehicle while relying only on the system may cause an accident Always confirm the safety around your vehicle visually when driving 5 34 Some models
122. EXT is pressed during playback Music CD If CD TEXT capable Track number Elapsed time Track number TEXT t Track name Album name Artist name 6 44 MP3 WMA AAC CD File number Elapsed time Folder number File number File name TEXT Folder name t Album name ID3 Tag Song name ID3 Tag Artist name ID3 Tag NOTE The information viewable in the display is only CD information such as artist name song title which has been recorded to the CD This unit cannot display some characters Characters which cannot be displayed are indicated by an asterisk K Display scroll Only 12 characters can be displayed at one time To display the rest of the characters of a long title press the scroll button SCRL The display scrolls the next 12 characters Press the scroll button SCRL again after the last 12 characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title NOTE The number of characters which can be displayed is limited Message display If CHECK CD is displayed it means that there is some CD malfunction Check the CD for damage dirt or smudges and then properly reinsert If the message appears again take the unit to an Authorized Mazda Dealer for service V Operating the Auxiliary jack USB port Audio can be heard from the vehicle s speakers by connecting a commercially available portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack Use a commerciall
123. G achometen 42 5 ste 2h haces batsetsiratot a ara phe Alatie ae ottnler 8 aren page 5 42 4 Buel Gape neen oh E N td eee ets eee aes page 5 42 G Dashboard Mlumination saragane n an RA page 5 43 5 40 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators V Speedometer The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle V Odometer Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector The display mode can be changed between trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing the selector while one of them is displayed The selected mode will be displayed Trip meter selector Odometer Trip meter Odometer Trip meter A Press the selector Odometer Trip meter B Press the selector NOTE When the ignition is switched to ACC or the ignition is switched off the odometer or trip meters cannot be displayed however pressing the selector button can inadvertently switch the trip meters or reset them during an approximate ten minute period in the following cases e After the ignition is switched to ACC or the ignition is switched off from ON e After the driver s door is opened Odometer The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven Trip meter The trip meter can record the total distance of two trips One is recorded in trip meter A and the other is recorded in trip meter B 5 41 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators For instance trip meter A can
124. ION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT TF SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 5 FRONT 9 REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES AVANT ARRIERE i The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed kg or lbs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer XXX kg ou XXX Ib a COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES SEE OWNER S TIRE SIZE PNEU DIMENSIONS PNEUS FROID MT FRONT P195 70R14 200kPa 29psi Glava BEE VOR LE MANUEL ARRiERe P195 70R14 200 kPa 29 psi DE L USAGER SPARE POUR PLUS DE Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants The cargo weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from the combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed value on the tire label 9 37 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Examples Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg 150 lbs and a value of 385 kg 849 Ibs for the combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg 849 Ibs 68 kg 150 Ibs 317 kg 699 Ibs The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg 849 Ibs 68 x 2 kg 150 x 2 Ibs 249 kg 549 Ibs If the weight of the occupant increases
125. MA WMA is short for Windows Media Audio and is the audio compression format used by Microsoft Audio data can be created and stored at a higher compression ratio than MP3 Microsoft and Windows Media are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation U S in the United States and other countries Interior Comfort Audio System Playable WMA files are as follows Item Content Specification Windows Media Audio Version P 7 0 8 0 9 0 22 05 kHz MID Sampling rate 44 1 48 32 kHz HI 32 192 kbps Version 7 0 8 0 32 320 kbps Version 9 0 A CAUTION This unit plays files with the wma file extension as a WMA file Do not use the WMA file extension for files other than WMA files Otherwise it could result in noise or a malfunction Bit rate e Track artist and album name information is recorded as data termed WMA Tag and this information is displayable e WMA files written under specifications other than the indicated specification may not play normally or files or folder names may not display correctly e The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system version software or settings In this case add the file extension wma to the end of the file name and then write it to the disc Vv Operating Tips for AAC Advanced Audio Coding AAC is standardized voice compression established by the ISO working group MPEG Audio
126. Mazda cannot guarantee the theft deterrent system s operation if the system has been modified or if any add on equipment has been installed A CAUTION To avoid damage to your vehicle do not modify the system or install any add on equipment to the theft deterrent system or the vehicle Knowing Your Mazda Security System YW Theft Deterrent Labels A label indicating that your vehicle is equipped with a Theft Deterrent System is in the glove compartment Mazda recommends that you affix it to the lower rear corner of a front door window 3 31 Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors Steering Wheel A WARNING Never adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is moving Adjusting the steering wheel while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Moving it can very easily cause the driver to abruptly turn to the left or right This can lead to loss of control or an accident V Steering Wheel Adjustment To change the angle or length of the steering wheel 1 Stop the vehicle pull up the lock release lever under the steering column Lock release lever 2 Tilt the steering wheel and or adjust the steering column length to the desired positions push the lever down to lock the column 3 Push the wheel up and down to be certain it s locked before driving 3 32 Mirrors V Outside Mirrors Check the mirror angles before driving Mirror type Flat type driver s side Flat surface mir
127. NING When removing the fuel filler cap loosen the cap slightly and wait for any hissing to stop Then remove it Fuel spray is dangerous Fuel can burn skin and eyes and cause illness if ingested Fuel spray is released when there is pressure in the fuel tank and the fuel filler cap is removed too quickly Before refueling stop the engine and always keep sparks and flames away from the filler neck Fuel vapor is dangerous It could be ignited by sparks or flames causing serious burns and injuries Additionally use of the incorrect fuel filler cap or not using a fuel filler cap may result in fuel leak which could result in serious burns or death in an accident Do not continue refueling after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continuing to add fuel after the fuel pump nozzle has shut off automatically is dangerous because overfilling the fuel tank may cause fuel overflow or leakage Fuel overflow and leakage could damage the vehicle and if the fuel ignites it could cause a fire and explosion resulting in serious injury or death 3 19 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A CAUTION Always use only a genuine Mazda fuel filler cap or an approved equivalent available at an Authorized Mazda Dealer The wrong cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel and emission control systems It may also cause the check engine light in the instrument cluster to illuminate VY Fuel Filler Lid To open
128. Nn nA A W N Load index amp speed symbol T115 70D16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load index rating Note that the tire size and load index rating may be different from the example T Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA us 115 is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters This three digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 9 27 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A 70 70 is the aspect ratio This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width D D is the tire construction symbol D indicates diagonal ply construction 16 16 is the wheel rim diameter in inches 90 90 is the Load Index This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each tire can support M M is the speed rating The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of the tire is rated Letter Rating Speed Rating M 81 mph 9 28 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Location of the Tire Label Placard You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pres
129. Normal Head Restraints Height adjustment To raise a head restraint pull it up to the desired position To lower the head restraint press the stop catch release then push the head restraint down Adjust the head restraint so that the center is even with the top of the passenger s Front outboard seat Essential Safety Equipment Seats Third Row outboard seat Sel eee l a Removal Installation To remove the head restraint pull it up while pressing the stop catch To install the head restraint insert the legs into the holes while pressing the stop catch A WARNING Always drive with the head restraints set up when seats are being used and make sure they are properly set up Driving with the head restraints not set up is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision VW Foldable Head Restraints The second row seats are equipped with foldable head restraints NOTE The foldable head restraints cannot be adjusted or removed 2 15 Essential Safety Equipment Seats To fold the head restraint pull the strap and fold the head restraint downward To return the head restraint to its upright position lift it upward A WARNING Always drive with the head restraints in their upright positions when the second row seats are occupied and make sure they are securely locked in place Driving with the head restraints folded down is dangero
130. OFF Switch the ignition to ACC or ON Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on Press the power volume dial again to turn the audio system off NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the audio system on for a long period of time when the engine is not running Volume adjustment To adjust the volume turn the power volume dial Turn the power volume dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it 6 24 Audio control dial Audio sound adjustment 1 Press the audio control dial to select the function The selected function will be indicated ALC OFF BASS TREB FADE BEEF OW BT SETUP Depending on the mode selected the indication changes 2 Depending on the model this function may not be available 2 Turn the audio control dial to adjust the selected functions as follows Indication Interior Comfort Audio System Select the desired ALC mode Mode Volume change ALC OFF nochanse ALC LEWELL Minimum ALC LEWELY ALC LEWELS o ALC LEVELS Mesum Select mode Turn Left Turn Right A L Select mode E A SG 5 ily Increase ass bass T k E E eet Increase n reble treble Shift the Shift the F A E E sound to the sound to the front rear Shift the Shift the E A L sound to the sound to the left r
131. ON Only use genuine Mazda accessories or the equivalent requiring no greater than 120 W DC 12 V 10 A Front Interior Comfort Interior Equipment A CAUTION gt To prevent accessory socket damage or electrical failure pay attention to the following gt Do not use accessories that require more than 120 W DC 12 V 10 A gt Do not use accessories that are not genuine Mazda accessories or the equivalent gt Close the cover when the accessory socket is not in use to prevent foreign objects and liquids from getting into the accessory socket gt Correctly insert the plug into the accessory socket gt Noise may occur on the audio playback or TV reception depending on the device connected to the accessory socket gt Depending on the device connected to the accessory socket the vehicle s electrical system may be affected which could cause the warning light to illuminate Disconnect the connected device and make sure that the problem is resolved If the problem is resolved disconnect the device from the socket and switch the ignition off If the problem is not resolved consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the socket for long periods with the engine off or idling 6 109 6 110 In Case of an Emergency Helpful information on what to do in an emergency Parking in an Emergency cscsscsssscsscssssscssscsssssssssesssssseeseees 7 2
132. ON 1 800 663 0908 MAZDA CANADA INC ONTARIO CENTRAL REGION NEW BRUNSWICK 55 VOGELL ROAD RICHMOND HILL NOV ee PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND ONTARIO L4B 3K5 NEWFOUNDLAND 1 800 263 4680 MAZDA CANADA INC QUEBEC REGION 6111 ROUTE TRANSCANADIENNE POINTE CLAIRE QUEBEC QUEBEC HOR 5A5 514 694 6390 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Puerto Rico Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business That is why all Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps VSTEP 1 Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER V STEP 2 If after following STEP 1 you feel the need for further assistance please contact your area s Mazda representative Indicated on the next page Please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on
133. Operating the Compact Disc CD Player Play Pause button File dial Random button Track up Fast forward button Load button CD slot Folder up button Repeat button CD eject button CD play button Folder down button Text button Scan button Track down Reverse button Type Playable data e Music data CD DA Music MP3 WMA 5 MP3 WMA AAC file AAC CD player NOTE Ifa disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 WMA AAC files playback of the two or three file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Inserting the CD Insert the CD into the slot label side up The auto loading mechanism will set the CD and begin play NOTE There will be a short lapse before play begins while the player reads the digital signals on the CD 6 42 Scroll button Ejecting the CD Press the CD eject button 4 to eject the CD Playback Press the CD play button CD to start play when a CD is in the unit If a CD is not in the unit when the CD play button CD is pressed NO DISC will flash on and off NOTE When the load button LOAD is pressed the CD will load and play even if the CD eject button amp had been previously pressed Pause To stop playback press the Play Pause button Pll Press the button again to resume playback Fast forward Reverse Press and hold the fast forward button A to advance through a track at high spee
134. Parking in an Emergency ceecesceeescseeseeeeceeseeseeceeeceeeeeesesees 7 2 Flat TINE nesesario snno sipsipin ae eR 7 3 Spare Tire and Tool Storage cccescesseeseeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeseeseees 7 3 Changing a Flat Tiirinen cue Siete eae teens 7 7 Overheating ssis eseis isrann sosis osi inia 7 14 Overheating eas h a a E Mati ated 7 14 Emergency Starting sesseeseseeseesesererseroreoeseeeesorsoroeseroesorseroreoreesee Starting a Flooded Engine ssssssesesssesseesesseseesssrseesesresssesees JUMPS tart edens ro eena be avi a e a ean PusheStarting 22 vsc cetececesicstecdiveneuiseavesisdivenesetecenercevascesnees Emergency Towing ccsscscsssssesssssssesscsssssssssssssssessssessenes Towing Description venran n n e E e RiR Tiedown Hooks diniin ena a a o u eaten Recreational Towing ccceccesceeseeseesseeseceeeeseeeeeaeeeenseeeensees Some models 7 1 In Case of an Emergency Parking in an Emergency Parking in an Emergency The hazard warning lights should always be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it Hazard warning flasher Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash NOTE The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on e Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lig
135. Phone 3G 3GS 4 1 For only iPod functions NOTE The iPod functions on the iPod cannot be operated while it is connected to the unit because the unit controls the iPod functions Playback 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON 2 Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on 6 56 3 Press the source change button Ax of the audio unit or the mode switch MODE of the audio control switches on the steering wheel to switch to the iPod mode and start playback NOTE e When an iPod is not connected the mode does not switch to the iPod mode e When there is no playable data in the iPod NO CONTENTS is flashed e Do not remove the iPod while in the iPod mode Otherwise the data could be damaged Pause To stop playback press the Play Pause button PAI Press the button again to resume playback Fast forward Reverse Press and hold the fast forward button A to advance through a track at high speed Press and hold the reverse button V to reverse through a track at high speed Track search Press the track up button A once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button W within a few seconds after playback begins to track down Press the track down button W after a few seconds have elapsed to start playback from the beginning of the track The time required to track down start playback from the beginning of a track varies depending on
136. Phone 800 430 0153 Toll free www mazdahandsfree ca Mexico Center of Attention to Client CAC Phone 01 800 01 MAZDA Toll free Web www mazdamexico com mx e e Sunvisors When you need a sunvisor lower it for use in front or swing it to the side Sunvisor gt oe Pons eS AN p5 n3 lei A 17 Sherita WE eee 7 nS Y Vanity Mirrors To use the vanity mirror lower the sunvisor Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Interior Lights V Illuminated Entry System When the illuminated entry system operates the overhead light switch is in the DOOR position turns on for e About 30 seconds after the driver s door is unlocked and the ignition is switched off with the ignition key removed e About 15 seconds after all doors are closed e About 15 seconds after the ignition is switched off with the ignition key removed with all doors closed The light also turns off when e The ignition is switched ON and all doors are closed e The driver s door is locked NOTE o Battery saver If any door is left opened the light turns off after about 30 minutes to save the battery The light turns on again when the ignition is switched ON or when any door is opened after all doors have been closed The operation of the illuminated entry system can be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 6 93 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Vv Overhead Lights
137. Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Call 3 Prompt Name please 4 Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say a voice tag registered in the phonebook 5 Prompt Calling XXXXX Ex John s phone XXXX Ex at home Is this correct Voice tag and phone number location registered in phonebook 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Dialing NOTE The Call command and the voice tag can be combined Ex In Step 2 say Call John s phone then Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped Y Redialing Function Redialing the number of the person previously dialed using the phone is possible 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Redial 3 Prompt Dialing Vv Emergency Calls A call can be made to the emergency phone number 911 U S A Canada 066 Mexico using the voice input command It may not function properly in some areas in Mexico 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Emergency 3 USA Canada vehicles Prompt Dialing 911 is this correct Mexico vehicles Prompt Dialing 066 is this correct 4 Say Beep Yes 5 Prompt Dialing V Refusing an Incoming Call For incoming call refusal refer to Receiving an incoming call page 6 78 Vv Mute The microphone can be mu
138. RAM Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical system VOWNER S MANUAL This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle This is not a technician s manual Y SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda 9 44 Specifications Technical information about your Mazda Identification Numbers ssssscsssssssscsscsccccseccescssesssssccsseccsees 10 2 Vehicle Information Labels 00 0 ccccccccccccesceeesseeeesseeesseeeees 10 2 Sp cifications sssrinds iseis ssnst si oaasis 10 4 Specilications RAEE E A E EE E EAE 10 4 Personalization Features esssseseseseeeeesesooososooooeoeseeeseeeseesssssoooo 10 8 Personalization Features 0 cccccccssceessscccessceessseeeesseeesseeeens 10 8 10 1 Identification Numbers Vehicle Information Labels V Vehicle Identification Number The vehicle identification number legally identifies your vehicle The number is on a plate attached to the cowl panel located on the left corner of the dashboard This plate can easily be seen through the windshield Vs Y Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label ae A 10 2 Some models VY Chassis Number Vehicle Emission Control Information Label Tire Pressure Label jis Identification Numbers V Engine Number Forward 10 3 Specif
139. RIRIR COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I eer FL22 type Replace at first DN or 1 Fa after that every Others R Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C R C R C R Fuel lines and hoses r Hoses and tubes for emission r Fuel filter Replace every 60 000 km IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 120 000 km ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I Brake fluid level I I I I I Brake fluid R Disc brakes I I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I I bearing axial play Driveshaft dust boots I I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T Exhaust system and heat shields I I I All locks and hinges L L L L L L Washer fluid level I I I I I I 8 12 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 x1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter R R R Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replac
140. SR1 Err is displayed and then it returns to SRI 7 If it matches with the previously registered code ENTER PIN appears again and it switches to code input mode 8 SRI appears and it is ready for input of the new ID code New ID code input 9 Input the new ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example If 1234 is input as the new code SR1 1234 is displayed New ID code input determination 10 Determine the new ID code which has been input by pressing the scan button SCAN 11 PIN CHANGED appears for three seconds which indicates that the new ID code input has been completed 12 It returns to the former display NOTE Ifan ID code is not input for ten seconds Err is displayed and it returns to the former display Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the scan button SCAN are used for input of the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used Individual channel locking If a channel is locked the channel is muted NOTE If the registered ID code is forgotten return the ID code to the default 0000 See INTIALIZATION OF ID CODE section Locking a channel 1 Select a channel to be locked by turning the manual tuning dial Example Select channel 100 Registered ID code input preparation 2 Press and hold the scan button SCAN then press channel preset button 6 Hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 3
141. System Registered ID code input preparation 2 Press and hold the scan button SCAN then press channel preset button 6 Hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 3 ENTER PIN appears for three seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 4 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input Registered ID code input 5 Input the registered ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example When the registered ID code is 2323 input 2323 At this time SR1 2323 is displayed NOTE If Err is displayed go to the INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE section to reset the ID code to 0000 Registered ID code input determination 6 Determine the input code by pressing the scan button SCAN 7 If it does not match the registered code SRI Err is displayed and then it returns to SRI 8 If it matches the registered code SRI UNLOCK appears for three seconds which indicates that the code input has been completed 9 SR1 100 appears which indicates that the parental lock is off At this time sound is heard 6 40 NOTE Ifan ID code is not input for ten seconds Err is displayed and it returns to the former display e Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the scan button SCAN are used for input of the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used MEMO 6 41 Interior Comfort Audio System V
142. TE Inspect the fluid on both sides of the dipstick in a well lit area for an accurate reading 8 26 Washer Fluid V Inspecting Washer Fluid Level A WARNING Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous If sprayed on the windshield it will dirty the windshield affect your visibility and could result in an accident Using Washer Fluid Without Anti freeze Protection in Cold Weather Operating your vehicle in temperatures below 4 degrees C 40 degrees F using washer fluid without anti freeze protection is dangerous as it could cause impaired windshield vision and result in an accident In cold weather always use washer fluid with anti freeze protection NOTE State or local regulations may restrict the use of volatile organic compounds VOCs which are commonly used as anti freeze agents in washer fluid A washer fluid with limited VOC content should be used only if it provides adequate freeze resistance for all regions and climates in which the vehicle will be operated Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir add fluid if necessary To inspect the washer fluid level in the front reservoir pull off the cap Then holding your thumb over the hole in the center of the cap lift it straight up The fluid level can be seen from the fluid column in the pipe Add fluid if necessary Use plain water if washer fluid is unavaila
143. Transmitter Lock button Unlock button Operation indicator light Panic button NOTE e U S A This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation e CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device The operation indicator light flashes when the buttons are pressed Lock button To lock the doors and the liftgate press the lock button and the hazard warning lights will flash once 3 4 To confirm that all doors and the liftgate have been locked press the lock button again within 5 seconds If they are closed and locked the horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will flash once The system can be set not to sound the horn Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 NOTE Doors and the liftgate can be locked by pressing the lock button while any other door or the liftgate is open However the hazard warning lights will not flash and the horn will not sound Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once t
144. XX XXXXX Ex Device A device B device C The voice guidance reads out the device tags registered to the hands free system 6 85 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Press the talk button with a short press during the read out at the desired device and then say one of the following voice commands to execute it e Select phone Selects device Mobile phone when the talk button is short pressed Select music player Selects device Music player when the talk button is short pressed e Edit Edits device when the talk button is short pressed Continue Continues the list read out Delete Deletes the registered device when the talk button is short pressed Previous Returns to the previous device in read out when the talk button is short pressed e 8 Prompt End of list would you like to start from the beginning 9 Say Beep No 10 Prompt Returning to main menu Device selection If several devices have been programmed the Bluetooth unit links the device last connected If you would like to link a different programmed device it is necessary to change the link The order of device priority after the link has been changed is maintained even when the ignition is switched off Hands free phone 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 6 86 3 Prompt Select one of the
145. Zoom Zoom All children instinctively know it A few adults still remember it One unique car company refuses to outgrow it In grown up language it means the exhilaration and liberation that come from experiencing sheer motion But as usual children put it much better and simply call it Go Zoom Zoom We practice it every day It s why we build the kind of cars we do Zoom Zoom Can we re awaken it in you today A Word to Mazda Owners Thank you for choosing a Mazda We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete customer satisfaction in mind To help ensure enjoyable and trouble free operation of your Mazda read this manual carefully and follow its recommendations An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best So when maintenance or service is necessary that s the place to go Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best possible service We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product Mazda Motor Corporation HIROSHIMA JAPAN Important Notes About This Manual Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda Should you resell the vehicle leave this manual with it for the next owner All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing Because improvement is a constant goal at Mazda we reserve the
146. a chattering noise from the brake system This is normal ABS system operation Continue to depress the brake pedal without pumping the brakes A WARNING Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for safe driving The ABS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely driving on ice and snow and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident 5 8 NOTE e Braking distances may be longer on loose surfaces snow or gravel for example which usually have a hard foundation A vehicle with a normal braking system may require less distance to stop under these conditions because the tires will build up a wedge of surface layer when the wheels skid The sound of the ABS operating may be heard when starting the engine or immediately after starting the vehicle however it does not indicate a malfunction Y ABS Warning Light ws The warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the ABS warning light stays on while you re driving the ABS control unit has detected a system malfunction If this occurs your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle had no ABS Should this happen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible NOTE When the engine is jump started to charge the battery uneven rpm occurs and the ABS warning ligh
147. acement c cece 8 42 C Capacities riein ii nna 10 5 Carbon Monoxide cccccccceseeseenees 4 4 Cargo Securing Loops s s s 6 107 Cargo Sub Compartment 6 107 Catalytic Converter cceeseeeeeeees 4 3 Cell PHONES erennere 9 19 Center Console ccccccceseeereeeees 6 104 C Child Restraint Child restraint precautions 2 30 Child restraint system installation positi nina n 2 35 Installing child restraint SYSULCMS ares eoar onian ER 2 36 LATCH child restraint SYSE MS ano E Sea aE 2 43 Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors 3 13 Climate Control System 6 6 2 Gas specifications c cee 10 6 ClOCKS hese le usln hott eles 6 96 Cruise Control 0 eeeeeseeseeseeeeeees 5 21 Cup Holderness 6 100 Customer Assistance eseeeeeree 9 2 D Dashboard Illumination 00 5 43 Daytime Running Lights 5 63 Defogger MrT OR sp 22 5258 eedeatets Medecyatatioeeeliecs 5 69 Rear Window n se 5 69 Dimensions s es 10 5 Door bocks sch atitsiseeinss 3 9 Driving In Flooded Area 00 4 10 Driving on Uneven Road 05 4 11 Driving Tips necisnenne niania 4 6 Automatic transaxle 0 5 19 Break in period ceceeeereeees 4 6 Driving in flooded area 4 10 Driving on uneven road 4 11 Hazardous driving ccecee 4 7 Money saving suggestions 4 6 Rocking the veh
148. al Mazda dealership in Mexico can be found here E mail click on Contactanos at the top of the page at www MazdaMexico com mx By phone at 01 800 01 MAZDA 62932 By letter at Attn Customer Assistance Mazda Motor de Mexico Mario Pani 150 PB Col Lomas de Santa Fe Mexico D F C P 05300 Del Cuajimalpa de Morelos Tel Customer Assistance 01 800 01 MAZDA 62932 In order to serve you efficiently and effectively please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Year and model of vehicle Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s W N 9 12 Importer Distributor V U S A Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 U S A P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 U S A TEL 1 800 222 5500 in U S A 949 727 1990 outside U S A V CANADA Mazda Canada Inc 55 Vogell Road Richmond Hill Ontario L4B 3K5 Canada TEL 1 800 263 4680 in Canada 905 787 7000 outside Canada Y PUERTO RICO USS Virgin Island International Automotive Distributor Group LLC Mazda de Puerto Rico P O Box 191850 San Juan Puerto Rico 00919 1850 TEL 787
149. an Authorized Mazda Dealer If your transmitter is lost or stolen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible for a replacement and to make the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative A CAUTION Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment A WARNING Always take all children and pets with you or leave a responsible person with them Leaving a child or a pet unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous In hot weather temperatures inside a vehicle can become high enough to cause brain damage or even death Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Keep all doors locked when driving Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle are dangerous Passengers can fall out if a door is accidentally opened and can more easily be thrown out in an accident Always close all the windows and the moonroof lock the doors and take the key with you when leaving your vehicle unattended Leaving your vehicle unlocked is dangerous as children could lock themselves in a hot vehicle which could result in death Also a vehicle left unlocked becomes an easy target f
150. and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Mazda will not disclose any of the data recorded in an EDR to a third party unless e A written agreement from the vehicle owner or the lessee is obtained e Officially requested by the police or other law enforcement authorities e Used as a defense for Mazda in a law suit claim or arbitration e Ordered by a judge or court However if necessary Mazda will e Use the data for research on Mazda vehicle performance including safety e Disclose the data or the summarized data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing vehicle or owner identification information 9 20 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear traction and temperature performance Y Tread Wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The rel
151. and other information each time the text button TEXT is pressed during playback File number Playback time 4 Album title TEXT 4 Song title A 4 Artist name NOTE If title information is not available NO TITLE is displayed This unit cannot display some characters Characters which cannot be displayed are indicated by an asterisk K Display scroll Only 12 characters can be displayed at one time To display the rest of the characters of a long title short press the scroll button SCRL The display scrolls the next 12 characters Short press the scroll button SCRL again after the last 12 characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio 6 69 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Bluetooth Hands Free Y What is Bluetooth Hands Free Bluetooth Hands Free Outline By connecting a Bluetooth equipped device Mobile phone to the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle making and receiving calls is possible using the talk button pick up button and hang up button located on the steering wheel and saying the voice commands A WARNING Perform phonebook registration related operations while the vehicle is parked Performing phonebook registration while driving the vehicle could be a distraction to your driving and result in an accident In addition a mistake in performing the phonebook operation could r
152. anguage 5 Prompt Select a language English French or Spanish 6 Say Beep French Speak the desired language English French or Spanish NOTE Other language settings can also be made while in the current setting by saying the name of the language in the native pronunciation 7 Prompt French Desired language selected Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt Please wait Switching to French phonebook French selected Spoken in the newly selected language Method 2 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep French Say the desired language English French or Spanish Change the desired language by saying the language name NOTE Other language settings can also be made while in the current setting by saying the name of the language in the native pronunciation 3 Prompt Would you like to change the language to French Desired language 4 Say Beep Yes 5 Prompt Please wait Switching to French phonebook French selected Spoken in the newly selected language Pairing code setting The 4 digit pairing code setting for registration of your cell phone pairing can be set beforehand NOTE The initial setting value is 0000 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Press the pick up button or talk button with a short pre
153. any other use such as transporting the vehicle on trucks or railway In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing Recreational Towing An example of recreational towing is towing your vehicle behind a motorhome The transaxle is not designed for towing this vehicle on all 4 wheels When doing recreational towing refer to Towing Description page 7 22 and Tiedown Hook page 7 23 and carefully follow the instructions 7 25 7 26 Introduction Introductions 3 2 2 ceriess e SS a N Scheduled Maintenance Owner Maintenance Owner Maintenance Schedule ceceeseesesseeeeteeeeeeees Owner Maintenance Precautions c cccceesseseeeeeteeeeeeees Engine Compartment Overview eeceseseeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees Engine Oll irananino accesses Engine Coolant is dh smee tnesrnet srie ao aie Brake Cl tch Fl id ienn hon R Power Steering Fluid ccceceeceeseeseeeseesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Automatic Transaxle Fluid ATF c cecssessssseeseeseeseeeeee Washer Fluid ceecee ernea e E Body Lubrication A Seos ureei i anni ra aSK E Wiper Blades usnostinocnin reinii E Es Maintenance and Care How to keep your Mazda in top condition Scheduled Maintenance USA Canada and Puerto Rico Scheduled Maintenance Mexico ccccscesseessseeseeeseeeees Battery oein asea an E beta eta SE PIPES EE EE EEE E E i Eana Bulbs EAE E E E EE E EO EEE EEEE OE EE EE E EEA Appearance Care How to Minimiz
154. ar turn signal lights 21 WY21W 7443NA Brake lights Taillights Rear side marker lights 21 5 W21 5W 7443 Reverse lights 21 W21W 7440 License plate lights 5 WSW 1 UNECE stands for United Nations Economic Commission for Europe 2 LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode Interior light Cat Light bulb ia nat Wattage UNECE Luggage compartment light 8 Overhead lights Front Map lights 5 WSW Overhead light Rear 10 1 UNECE stands for United Nations Economic Commission for Europe YW Tires NOTE The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle When replacing tires Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted to your vehicle For details contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer 10 6 Some models Specifications Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8 37 Standard tire rae Inflation pressure Tire size Front Rear P205 55R16 89H 240 kPa 35 psi 240 kPa 35 psi 205 50R17 89V 230 kPa 34 psi 230 kPa 34 psi Temporary tire Tire size Inflation pressure T125 70D16 96M 420 kPa 60 psi Lug nut tightening torque When installing a tire tighten the lug nut to the following torque 88 118 N m 9 12 kgfm 65 87 ft lbf V Fuses Refer to Fuses on page 8 50 10 7 Personalization Features Personalization Features The follow
155. are seeking 5 BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation If mediation is not successful or if you do not wish to participate in mediation claims within the program s jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informal hearing The arbitrator s decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from the time your complaint is filed there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contact Mazda about your problem or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests an inspection report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report by BBB AUTO LINE 6 o0 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C sec 2301 et seq If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 or Title I of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if Mazda or its representative is unable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts Ma
156. armful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Increase the separation between the equipment and tuner Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the tuner is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Interior Comfort Audio System What is satellite radio With over 130 channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio brings you more of what you love Get 69 channels of 100 commercial free music plus all your favorite sports news talk and entertainment Everything worth listening to is now on SIRIUS 100 Commercial free Music With music from every genre artist dedicated channels live performances and more SIRIUS is the home of 100 commercial free music Live Sports Play by Play amp Expert Talk Hear every NFL game every NASCAR race and college sports coverage from over 150 schools Plus 24 7 sports talk with channels like SIRIUS NFL Radio SIRIUS NASCAR Radio and more Exclusive Entertainment and Talk The biggest names compelling talk hilarious comedy Hear Howard Stern Martha Stewart Jamie Foxx Blu
157. ashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not operate in an accident A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death 5 50 V Low Fuel Warning Light This warning light signals that the fuel tank will soon be empty Refuel as soon as possible Vv Check Fuel Cap Warning Light p This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the check fuel cap warning light illuminates while driving the fuel filler cap may not be installed properly Stop the engine and reinstall the fuel filler cap Refer to Fuel Filler Cap on page 3 20 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Seat Belt Warning Light With warning light for front passenger s seat The seat belt warning light illuminates if the driver or front passenger s seat is occupied and the seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switched ON Without warning light for front passenger s seat The seat belt warning light illuminates if the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switched ON
158. assenger Occupant Classification SAIE a a E EE fas densedaceasse exes sovce soho de ostesoeee T 2 61 Monitoring and Maintenance cccceseeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneennees 2 66 Some models 2 1 Essential Safety Equipment Seats A WARNING Do not modify or replace the front seats Modifying or replacing the front seats such as replacing the upholstery or loosening any bolts is dangerous The front seats contain air bag components essential to the supplemental restraint system Such modifications could damage the supplemental restraint system and result in serious injury Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is any need to remove or reinstall the front seats Do not drive with damaged front seats Driving with damaged front seats is dangerous A collision even one not strong enough to inflate the air bags could damage the front seats which contain essential air bag components If there was a subsequent collision an air bag may not deploy which could lead to injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after a collision Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place Adjustable seats and seatbacks that are not securely locked are dangerous In a sudden stop or collision the seat or seatback could move causing injury Make sure the adjustable components of the seat are locked in place by attempting to slide the seat
159. ast eight characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Three more seconds after scrolling the song title the display automatically returns to display the first part of the song title If there is no song title No SONG is displayed e INFO such as composer s name display e When the text button TEXT is pressed while in song title display mode it changes to the INFO display mode To display the rest of the characters of the composer s name press the scroll button SCRL The display scrolls the next eight characters Press the scroll button SCRL again after the last eight characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Three seconds after scrolling the text the display automatically returns to display the first part of the text If there is no composer name No INFO is displayed e Instant replay This function allows you to rewind and replay the program that you were previously or are currently listening to Press the instant replay button PII When the seek tuning button W is pressed about 1 5 seconds playback starts from the beginning of the current program When the seek tuning button W is pressed twice playback starts from the beginning of the previous program When the seek tuning button W is pressed for about 1 5 seconds or longer the program is reversed while the button is being pressed When the seek tuning button
160. ate when the ignition is switched ON or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart For more details about this indicator light and this chart refer to Front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 61 eoeeee 2 66 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Do not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system components Expended or damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system components must be replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them Only a trained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that they will work in any subsequent accident Driving with an expended or damaged air bag or pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of any subsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death Do not remove interior air bag parts Removing any components such as the front seats front dashboard the steering wheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous These parts contain essential air bag components The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts Dispose of the air bag properly Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremely dangerous Unless all safety procedures are followed injury can result Ask an A
161. ative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C These grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance A WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking straight ahead traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering turning hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics V Temperature A B C The temperature grades A the highest B and C represent the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 21 Customer Information an
162. ator will not increase engine power and freeing the vehicle may be difficult When this happens turn off the TCS DSC e Ifthe TCS DSC is off when the engine is turned off it automatically activates when the ignition is switched ON e Leaving the TCS DSC on will provide the best stability 5 27 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Tire Pressure Monitoring System The tire pressure monitoring system TPMS monitors the pressure for each tire If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires the system will inform the driver via the warning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal to the receiver unit in the vehicle Tire pressure sensors NOTE When the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes tire temperatures are also lower When the tire temperature decreases the air pressure decreases as well The TPMS warning light may illuminate more frequently Visually inspect the tires daily before driving and check tire pressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge When checking tire pressures use of a digital tire pressure gauge is recommended TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tires regularly 5 28 Some models Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A CAUTION Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when
163. ay not eject resulting in a malfunction Remove the rough edges in advance by using a ball point pen or pencil as shown below To remove the rough edges rub the side of the pen or pencil against the inner and outer perimeter of the CD e When driving over uneven surfaces the sound may jump e The CD player has been designed to play CDs bearing the identification logo as shown below No other discs can be played COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT DIGITAL AUDIO DIGITAL AUDIO Revera ReWritable ise TEC dis DIGITAL AUDIO TEXT REALEN ReWritable DIGITAL AUDIO 6 15 Interior Comfort Audio System Use discs that have been legitimately produced If illegally copied discs such as pirated discs are used the system may not operate properly Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling the CDs Pick up a CD by grasping the outer edge or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Do not stick paper or tape on the CD Avoid scratching the reverse side the side without a label The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Dust finger smudges and dirt can decrease the amount of light reflected from the signal surface thus affecting sound quality If the CD should become soiled gently wipe it with a soft cloth from the center of the CD to the edge Do not use record sprays antistatic agents or household spray cleaners Volatile chemicals such as benzine and thinner can also dama
164. azda vehicle Mazda Genuine 0W 20 Oil is required to achieve optimum fuel economy For maintenance service Mazda recommends Mazda Genuine Parts and Castrol U S A only S Castrol ILSAC 8 20 Only use SAE 0W 20 oil Certified For Gasoline Engines by the American Petroleum Institute API Oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers C 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 40 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 OW 20 Except U S A and CANADA Use SAE 0W 20 engine oil Oil container labels provide important information A chief contribution this type of oil makes to fuel economy is reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction For maintenance service Mazda recommends Mazda Genuine Parts and Castrol Mexico only Castrol ILSAC Mexico Use SAE 0W 20 engine oil If SAE 0W 20 engine oil is not available use SAE 5W 20 5W 30 engine oil The quality designation SM or ILSAC must be on the label C 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 40 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 OW 20 V Inspecting Engine Oil Level 1 Be sure the vehicle is on a level surface 2 Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature 3 Turn it off and
165. b replacement is not possible because it is built into the unit Replace the unit Brake lights Taillights Rear side marker lights Rear turn signal lights 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Turn the bolts counterclockwise and remove them 3 Pull the upper part of the cover around the clip outward to detach the clip 4 Pull the unit rearward to remove it 5 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 6 Disconnect the bulb from the socket Brake lights Taillights Rear side marker lights Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Rear turn signal lights 7 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure NOTE To install the unit insert the hooks 2 locations on the unit side into the clips on the vehicle side and install the unit Reverse lights 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 8 47 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 2 Remove the cover with a cloth wrapped flathead screwdriver to the cover 6 i es 3 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 4 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure High mount brake light Due to the complexity and difficulty of the procedure the LED bulbs must be replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer
166. ble But use only washer fluid in cold weather to prevent it from freezing NOTE Front and rear washer fluid is supplied from the same reservoir Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Body Lubrication All moving points of the body such as door and hood hinges and locks should be lubricated each time the engine oil is changed Use a nonfreezing lubricant on locks during cold weather Make sure the hood s secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released 8 27 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Wiper Blades ACAUTION gt Hot waxes applied by automatic car washers have been known to affect the wiper s ability to clean windows gt To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them gt When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON the wipers may move automatically in the following cases gt If the windshield above the rain sensor is touched gt If the windshield above the rain sensor is wiped with a cloth gt If the windshield is struck with a hand or other object gt If the rain sensor is struck with a hand or other object from inside the vehicle Be careful not to pinch hands or fingers as it may cause injury or damage the wipers When washing or servicing your Mazda make sure the wiper lever is in the OFF position Contamination of either the windshield
167. bles in the reverse order described in Push Starting the illustration Do not push start your Mazda lo A WARNING _ Verify that the covers are securely installed A WARNING Never tow a vehicle to start it Towing a vehicle to start it is dangerous The vehicle being towed could surge forward when its engine starts causing the two vehicles to collide The occupants could be injured A CAUTION Do not push start a vehicle that has a manual transaxle It can damage the emission control system NOTE You can t start a vehicle with an automatic transaxle by pushing it 7 21 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing Towing Description We recommend that towing be done only by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle Government and local laws must be followed A towed vehicle usually should have its drive wheels front wheels off the ground If excessive damage or other conditions prevent this use wheel dollies Wheel dollies ZIL_ALSs G When towing with the rear wheels on the ground release the parking brake 7 22 CAUTION Do not tow the vehicle pointed backward with driving wheels on the ground This may cause internal damage to the transaxle CAUTION Do not tow with sling type equipment This could damage your vehicle Use wheel lift or flatbe
168. cause the xenon fusion bulbs require high voltage you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are handled incorrectly Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement is necessary Never touch the glass portion of a halogen bulb with your bare hands and always wear eye protection when handling or working around the bulbs When a halogen bulb breaks it is dangerous These bulbs contain pressurized gas If one is broken it will explode and serious injuries could be caused by the flying glass If the glass portion is touched with bare hands body oil could cause the bulb to overheat and explode when lit Always keep halogen bulbs out of the reach of children Playing with a halogen bulb is dangerous Serious injuries could be caused by dropping a halogen bulb or breaking it some other way V Replacing Exterior Light Bulbs Headlight bulbs High beam bulbs 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Lift the hood Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 3 Remove the hood wire from the guide 4 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector 8 43 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 5 Turn the bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 6
169. ccept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema inmoyilizador Modelo IMBI11 01 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIMO05 616 3 27 Knowing Your Mazda Security System V Operation Arming The system is armed when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF The security indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes every two seconds until the system is disarmed Disarming The system is disarmed when the ignition is switched ON with the correct ignition key The security indicator light illuminates for about three seconds and goes out If the engine does not start with the correct ignition key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 28 NOTE If the security indicator light illuminates and stays on or flashes when the
170. ce every 120 000 km 75 000 miles ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months x1000 km Maintenance Interval 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 x1000 miles CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I I Disc brakes I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 8 000 km 5 000 miles Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages Power steering fluid level Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel bearing axial play Driveshaft dust boots Bolts and nuts on chassis and body Body condition for rust corrosion and perforation I I I Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 5 years All locks and hinges L LY LyILy _LI LyLy YLYI LyLe Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter Replace every 40 000 km 25 000 miles or 2 years Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks Use FL22 type coolant in ve
171. cessive temperature or humidity inside the cabin if it is left in the vehicle gt If data in the iPod is lost while it is connected to the unit Mazda cannot guarantee recovery of any lost data gt If the iPod battery is deteriorated the iPod may not recharge and playback may not be possible when it is connected to the unit Replace the iPod battery immediately gt For the details on using the iPod refer to the iPod instruction manual gt When connecting the iPod to a USB port all commands are made from the audio unit iPod control is not possible NOTE The audio unit cannot display images or videos stored in an iPod Interior Comfort Audio System Audio information is displayed on the information display Power Volume Sound Controls cccccesccsseeseeseeeseeseceseeseceeeeaeeeeesseeeseeseeeeeeeeneeeas page 6 24 Operating the Radio a nionee a EEEa E Ta Ee EEE i a E aaa page 6 28 Operating the Satellite Radio ssosseseeseeseseesessesessesersssseseesessesessesresessesessesesseesesees page 6 30 Operating the Compact Disc CD Player cccceccescesseeseesceeseeeseeseeeeeseeneenseesenes page 6 42 Operating the Auxiliary jack USB port ccecceesescesseeseceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeenseeneenaes page 6 45 Error Indications Se n ie ees ah elie eet ea Berea page 6 46 6 23 Interior Comfort Audio System V Power Volume Sound Controls Power Volume dial Power ON
172. cle is parked If the vehicle starts to move the pairing procedure will end Programming is dangerous while driving pair up your device before you start driving Park the car in a safe place before programming Ifa Bluetooth device has already been programmed to the vehicle as a Bluetooth audio device it does not need to be programmed again when using the device as a hands free mobile phone Conversely it does not need to be programmed again as a Bluetooth audio device if it has already been programmed as a hands free mobile phone e Since the communication range of a Bluetooth equipped device is about 10 meters 32 ft if a device is placed within a 10 meter 32 ft radius of the vehicle it may be detected programmed unintentionally while another device is being programmed 1 Activate the Bluetooth application of the device NOTE For the operation of the device refer to its instruction manual 2 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 3 Say Beep Setup 6 76 4 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 5 Say Beep Pairing options 6 Prompt Select one of the following Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code 7 Say Beep Pair 8 Prompt Start the pairing process on your Bluetooth device Your pairing code is 0000 XXXX Input th
173. cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will
174. comes first Maintenance Interval Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 x1000km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter R R R Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 8 11 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance VY Schedule 2 Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 x1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 ENGINE Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120 000 km if noisy adjust Drive belts I Engine oil R R JR R R RIRIRI RIRIRIR Engine oil filter R R R R I RJR RIRIRI _
175. coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause serious injury NOTE Changing the coolant should be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 22 Inspect the antifreeze protection and coolant level in the coolant reservoir at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling where temperatures may drop below freezing Inspect the condition and connections of all cooling system and heater hoses Replace any that are swollen or deteriorated The coolant should be at full in the radiator and between the F and L marks on the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool RO If it is at or near L add enough coolant to the coolant reservoir to provide freezing and corrosion protection and to bring the level to F Securely tighten the coolant reservoir tank cap after adding coolant A CAUTION gt Radiator coolant will damage paint Rinse it off quickly if spilled gt Use only soft demineralized water in the coolant mixture Water that contains minerals will cut down on the coolant s effectiveness gt Do not add only water Always add a proper coolant mixture gt The engine has aluminum parts and must be protected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing gt DO NOT USE coolants Containing Alcohol methanol Borate or Silicate These coolants could damage the cooling system gt DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol with the coolant This co
176. d Press and hold the reverse button V to reverse through a track at high speed Track search Press the track up button A or turn the file dial clockwise once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button W or turn the file dial counterclockwise once to skip back to the beginning of the current track Folder search during MP3 WMA AAC CD playback To change to the previous folder press the folder down button W or press the folder up button A to advance to the next folder Music scan During music CD playback This function scans the titles on a CD and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to During MP3 WMA AAC CD playback This function scans the titles in a folder currently being played and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to Press the scan button SCAN during playback to start the scan play operation the track number will flash Press the scan button SCAN again to cancel scan playback NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected Interior Comfort Audio System Repeat playback During music CD playback 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback During MP3 WMA AAC CD playback Track repeat
177. d equipment Tiedown Hooks CAUTION Do not use the front and rear tiedown eyelets for towing the vehicle They have been designed only for securing the vehicle to a transport vessel during shipping Using the eyelets for any other purpose could result in the vehicle being damaged VY Tiedown Hook Front 1 Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lug wrench from the trunk page 7 3 Press the marking on the cover as shown in the figure to remove the cover A CAUTION The cap cannot be completely removed Do not use excessive force as it may damage the cap or scratch the painted bumper surface In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing NOTE If it is difficult to remove the tiedown eyelet wrap the jack lever with a cloth as shown in the figure and press the marking on the cover to remove it 3 Securely install the tiedown eyelet using the lug wrench Lug wrench Some models 7 23 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing 4 Hook the tying rope to the tiedown eyelet A CAUTION If the tiedown eyelet is not securely tightened it may loosen or disengage from the bumper when tying down the vehicle Make sure that the tiedown eyelet is securely tightened to the bumper 7 24 VY Tiedown Hooks Rear Tiedown hook A CAUTION The rear tiedown hook is designed only for lashing the vehicle during overseas transport Do not use the rear tiedown hook for
178. d Reporting Safety Defects Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS A WARNING Keep your vehicle s tires properly inflated and not overloaded Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary with respect to grade ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS V UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A UTQGS MARK example TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A 9 22 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Tire Labeling Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a t
179. d and further control the deployment of the air bags 2 65 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Monitoring and Maintenance VY Constant Monitoring The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system Crash sensors and diagnostic module SAS unit Front air bag sensor Air bag modules Side crash sensors Air bag Front seat belt pretensioner system warning light Front seat belt pretensioners e Related wiring With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System e Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light e Driver seat slide position sensor e Front passenger seat weight sensors e Front passenger seat weight sensor control module e eoeeee The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system s readiness This begins when the ignition is switched ON and continues while the vehicle is being driven YV Maintenance The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance But if any of the following occurs take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible e The air bag system warning light flashes The air bag system warning light remains illuminated The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON The air bag system warning beep sound is heard The air bags have deployed With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illumin
180. d is dangerous Immediately after inflation they are very hot You could get burned Never install any front end equipment to your vehicle Installation of front end equipment such as frontal protection bar kangaroo bar bull bar push bar or other similar devices snowplow or winches is dangerous The air bag crash sensor system could be affected This could cause air bags to inflate unexpectedly or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident Front occupants could be seriously injured 2 49 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not modify the suspension Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous If the vehicle s height or the suspension is modified the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries Do not modify a front door or leave any damage unrepaired Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect a damaged front door Modifying a front door or leaving any damage unrepaired is dangerous Each front door has a side crash sensor as a component of the supplemental restraint system If holes are drilled in a front door a door speaker is left removed or a damaged door is left unrepaired the sensor could be adversely affected causing it to not detect the pressure of an impact correctly during a side collision If a sensor does not detect a side impact correctly the side and curtain air bags and
181. d lock it after sliding it backward Make sure it is locked by attempting to lightly move it forward and backward 2 7 Essential Safety Equipment Seats A CAUTION gt When folding a seatback always hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury gt After entering exiting the third row seat area return the seatback to its upright position Otherwise it could move unexpectedly and cause injury Y Folding the Second Row Seats To create a flat luggage compartment space lift the seat bottoms of the second row seats and fold the seatbacks forward Folding the seatbacks 1 Insert the second row outboard seat belts in the retainers 2 Move the seat all the way back 3 Fold the head restraint all the way down page 2 14 4 Pull the strap and lift the end of the seat bottom up and forward 5 If the armrest and storage box are in the position for use store them Refer to Storage Box on page 6 105 om Raise the lever and fold the seatback forward Make sure the seatback is secured by attempting to lightly move it up and down A CAUTION gt When folding a seatback always hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury gt When folding the seatback of the righ
182. d restraint system came equipped with a tether that means it is very important to properly secure the tether for child safety Please carefully follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing tethers Anchor bracket location A WARNING Use the tether and tether anchor only for a child restraint system Using the tether or tether anchor to secure anything but a child restraint system is dangerous This could weaken or damage the tether or tether anchor and result in injury Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 2 45 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions The front and side supplemental restraint systems SRS include 6 air bags Please verify the air bags equipped on your vehicle by locating the SRS AIRBAG location indicators These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed The air bags are installed in the following locations e The steering wheel hub driver air bag e The front passenger dashboard front passenger air bag e The outboard sides of the front seatbacks side ai
183. d up or down by operating the shift lever Refer to Manual Shift Mode page 5 15 5 13 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Active Adaptive Shift AAS Active Adaptive Shift AAS automatically controls the transaxle shift points to best suit the road conditions and driver input This improves driving feel If the driver accelerates rapidly or accelerates and decelerates rapidly by operating the accelerator and brake pedal for a certain period of time while the shift lever is in the D position AAS mode could activate When cornering the vehicle AAS mode will hold the transaxle in the gear the vehicle was in before entering the curve allowing the vehicle to be accelerated from the same gear after exiting the curve AAS mode will maintain the transaxle in the optimum gear and the driver may sense that the transaxle is not shifting however this does not indicate an abnormality Y Shift Lock System The shift lock system prevents shifting out of P unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift from P 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine 3 Move the shift lever NOTE When the ignition is switched off the shift lever cannot be shifted from P To be sure the vehicle is in park the ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in P 5 14 Y Shift Lock Override If the shift lever will not move from P using the proper shift procedure continue to hold down
184. d wear indicator hye yv L New tread Worn tread You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread 9 33 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire The period in which the tire was manufactured both week and year is indicated by a 4 digit number Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9 23 V Safety Practices The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety So cultivate good driving habits for your own benefit e Observe posted speed limits and drive at speeds that are safe for the existing weather conditions e Avoid fast starts stops and turns e Avoid potholes and objects on the road Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking ACAUTION If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tire for damage If the tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove the tire and ri
185. da Dealer If you have no spare fuses borrow one of the same rating from a circuit not essential to vehicle operation such as the AUDIO or CIGAR circuit Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A CAUTION Always replace a fuse with one of the same rating Otherwise you may damage the electric system 7 Reinstall the cover and make sure that it is securely installed Replacing the fuses under the hood If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses in the cabin are normal inspect the fuse block under the hood If a fuse is blown it must be replaced Follow these steps 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and other switches are off 2 Remove the fuse block cover Fuse block 8 51 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 3 If any fuse but the MAIN fuse is blown replace it with a new one of the same amperage rating A WARNING Do not replace the main fuse by yourself Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform the replacement Replacing the fuse by yourself is dangerous because the MAIN fuse is a high current fuse Incorrect replacement could cause an electrical shock or a short circuit resulting in a fire Main fuse 4 Reinstall the cover and make sure that it is securely installed 8 52 V Fuse Panel Description Fuse block Engine compartment Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance
186. data can be created and stored at a higher compression ratio than MP3 International Organization for Standardization 6 19 Interior Comfort Audio System Plavable AAC file specifications This unit supports playback of AAC files recorded in CD R and CD RW Playable AAC files are as follows Item Content Specification MPEG 4 AAC LC 8 11 025 12 kHz Sampling rate 16 22 05 24 kHz 32 44 1 48 kHz Bit rate 24 320 kbps A CAUTION This unit plays files with the file extension aac m4a as an AAC file Do not use the AAC file extension for files other than AAC files Otherwise it could result in noise or a malfunction e Song artist and album name information in the AAC file is recorded as data termed iTunes m4a Meta Data applicable and this information is displayable e AAC files written under specifications other than the indicated specification may not play normally or files or folder names may not display correctly e The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system version software or settings In this case add the file extension aac m4a to the end of the file name then write it to the disc 6 20 V Operating Tips for USB device This unit supports playback of MP3 WMA AAC files recorded to USB device NOTE e Music data MP3 WMA AAC aac m4a format stored in a USB mass storage class compliant device such as USB flash
187. de window of a vehicle with side air bags Allowing anyone to lean over or against the front door is dangerous If the vehicle is equipped with side air bags the impact of an inflating side air bag could cause serious injury or death to the person Children are more likely to sleep in the vehicle when they do they are more at risk in the front passenger s seat that has a side air bag because they may slump over into the path of the seatback mounted air bag Furthermore leaning over or against the doors could block the side air bag and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection With the front air bag and the additional side air bag that deploys from the outboard shoulder of the front passenger seat the rear seat is always a better location for children who are prone to sleeping If a child cannot be seated in the rear do not allow the child to lean over or against the side window even if the child is seated in a child restraint system 2 40 Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side and curtain air bags It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window the area of the front passenger seat the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy even if a child restraint system is used The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could cause serious injury or dea
188. der controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Snow Tires In some heavy snow areas local governments may require true snow tires those with very deeply cut tread These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other tires on your vehicle SAFETY WARNING The following safety warning appears on the tire s sidewall SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM e EXPLOSION OF TIRE RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER NEVER EXCEED 40 psi 275 kPa TO SEAT BEADS ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT TIRES TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER INFLATION OVERLOADING DAMAGE FOLLOW OWNER S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE FREQUENTLY CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE 9 26 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A V Information on Temporary Tires Please refer to the sample below No 1 Temporary tires Nominal width of tire in millimeters Ratio of height to width aspect ratio Diagonal Rim diameter code
189. der of removal f Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 8 31 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A WARNING Wash hands after handling the battery and related accessories Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting to ensure safe and correct handling am Always wear eye protection when working near the battery Working without eye protection is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes Also hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid Spilled battery fluid is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes or on the skin or clothing If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention Always keep batteries out of the reach of children Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous Battery fluid could cause serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin Y Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal tools to contact the positive or negative
190. des The load a tire will carry safely is a combination of the size of the tire its load range and corresponding inflation pressure Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels 9 35 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment PAYLOAD Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to carry The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load Information label on the driver s door frame or door pillar Look for THE COMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs for your maximum payload The payload listed on the tire label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be accurate 9 36 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A SAMPLE IN TIRE AND LOADING INFORMAT
191. down A foot could be injured if it becomes pinched between the seat bottom and seatback If you have to move around the folded down seats step on the center of the seats and move carefully VY How to arrange the seats Slide the second row seats driver side passenger side all the way back Refer to Seat Slide on page 2 6 Fold the third row seats Refer to Folding the Third Row Seat on page 2 10 To return the seats to their road positions reverse the procedures above 1 Fold the third row seats Refer to Folding the Third Row Seat on page 2 10 2 13 Essential Safety Equipment Seats 2 Fold the second row seats Refer to Folding the Second Row Seats on page 2 8 To return the seats to their road positions reverse the procedures above 2 14 Head Restraints Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints on all outboard seats The head restraints are intended to help protect you and the passengers from neck injury A WARNING Always drive with the head restraints installed when seats are being used and make sure they are properly adjusted In addition always raise the head restraints mentioned below when they are being used Driving with the head restraints adjusted too low or removed is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision Head restraints which must be raised for use All third row seat head restraints V
192. e L Lubricate C Clean T Tighten Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 8 13 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Cont Maintenance Interval Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first 42 45 48 51 54 66 69 70 80 85 75 90 110 115 ENGINE Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 12 sy adjust Drive belts I I Engine oil R R R R RIR IRIRIRIRIR Engine oil filter COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system Engine coolant e at first 200 000 km or 10 100 000 km or 5 years after years Engine coolant level FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C R C R C R Fuel lines and hoses r I Hoses and tubes for emission 1 I Fuel filter Replace every 60 000 km IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 120 000 km ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
193. e Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall Area of the Tire Area between the bead area and the tread Tread Area of the Tire Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it s mounted on the vehicle Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants Seating capacity is described on the tire label Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production options weighing over 2 3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim Rim is the metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated 9 31 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Tire Maintenance Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Here are some important maintenance points Y Tire Inflation Pressure Inspect all tire pressure monthly including the spare when the tires are cold Maintain recommended pressures for the best ride top handling and minimum tire wear Use the pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service Y Tire Rotation To equalize tread wear rotate the tires every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation ins
194. e Collar Comedy Playboy Radio political talk and more World class News Stay informed with FOX CNN CNBC NPR BBC and more Plus local traffic and weather Family amp Kids Entertain the entire family with Radio Disney Kids Place Live Laugh USA and more Sign up for SIRIUS Radio today For more information visit www siriusxm com Satellite radio is only available in regions providing satellite radio service some areas of the United States and Canada How to Activate Satellite Radio You must call SIRIUS to activate your service Activation is free and takes only a few minutes 6 31 Interior Comfort Audio System SIRIUS service uses an ID code to identify your radio This code is needed to activate SIRIUS service and report any problems To activate you SIRIUS radio tuner call a SIRIUS customer service specialist at 1 888 539 7474 or you can visit SIRIUS online at www sirlusxm com Please have the following information ready e SIRIUS ID 12 digit electronic serial no or ESN e Valid credit card information may not be required at initial sign up ESN Electronic Serial Number Displaying the SIRIUS ID ESN When the manual tuning dial is turned to channel 0 a 12 digit Electronic Serial Number ESN for the SIRIUS tuner is displayed If the SIRIUS ID ESN for the tuner does not display If ESN FAIL is displayed after channel 0 is selected by operating the manual tunin
195. e selected each time its frequency and channel number will be displayed NOTE If no stations can be tuned after scanning operations A will be displayed Mute Press the mute button MUTE once to mute the audio Press it again to resume audio output 6 29 Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating the Satellite Radio Seek tuning buttons Satellite button Category buttons Scan button AUTO M SCAN __ SIRIUS Bc U TEXT SCRL Signin cn a Channel preset buttons Text button Scroll button Manual tuning dial Instant replay button Y Information display All operations of the satellite radio are displayed on the Information display DISC IN ST AUTO M RPT RDM J EET OELEE HEN lia l Channel number Channel name Category name Artist name Song title ID code Preset channel number Bank number Error signs 6 30 Some models NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause h
196. e Environmental Paint Damage Exterior Care iv ivccccescsecestesccedevenciiecsss ndstevdeebeiesceacievnersieees Interior Care seesiye titre nno a SA EE tigen Ones Some models Maintenance and Care Introduction Introduction Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle when using this manual for inspection and maintenance If you are unsure about any procedure it describes we strongly urge you to have a reliable and qualified service shop perform the work preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer Factory trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your Mazda inadequate incomplete and insufficient servicing may result in problems This could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries For expert advice and quality service consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer To continue warranty eligibility and to protect your investment it is your responsibility to properly maintain your vehicle according to factory recommended schedules outlined in this manual As part of this you must keep your maintenance records receipts repair orders and any other documents as evidence this maintenance was performed You must present these documents should any warranty coverage disagreement occur Failure to do so can result in your warranty being voided either in whol
197. e Operation noise from turn signals wipers or the horn is heard e A C airflow is strong or wind is blowing on the microphone e There is noise coming from cargo loaded in the vehicle e Voice commands may not be recognized depending on the voice If the voice commands are not recognized correctly repeat the commands in a louder voice at a natural pace as if speaking to another person e Dialects or different wording other than hands free prompts cannot be recognized by voice recognition Speak in the wording specified by the voice commands NOTE If the voice recognition performance is not satisfactory refer to Voice Recognition Learning Function Speaker Enrollment page 6 89 Please be aware that the voice recognition may still make an error despite following the above points V Function Restrictions While Using Bluetooth Hands Free Some functions are limited while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used They include e Beep sound and voice guidance related to the audio unit are not heard e Beep sound related to the A C operation is not heard VW How to Use This Section Descriptions in the text are as follows Say Voice commands to be spoken by you Prompt Voice guidance output from the speaker NOTE Say voice commands after the beep sound Beep is heard Example Say Beep Dial Prompt Number please Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXxX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number
198. e becomes hot the vinyl may deteriorate and adhere to the genuine leather Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean it with a mild soap solution good for upholstery and carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner 8 64 To keep the fabric looking clean and fresh take care of it Otherwise its color will be affected it can be stained easily and its fire resistance may be reduced A CAUTION Use only recommended cleaners and procedures Others may affect appearance and fire resistance Panel When the panel needs to be cleaned use a soft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface NOTE Scratches or nicks on the panels resulting from the use of a hard brush or cloth may not be repairable Y Cleaning the Lap Shoulder Belt Webbing Clean the webbing with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets Follow instructions Don t bleach or dye the webbing this may weaken it After cleaning the belts thoroughly dry the belt webbing and make sure there is no remaining moisture before retracting them A WARNING Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer replace damaged seat belts immediately Using damaged seat belts is dangerous In a collision damaged belts cannot provide adequate protection VY Cleaning the Window Interiors If the windows become covered with an oily greasy or waxy film clean them with glass cleaner Follow th
199. e cdolant that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Others Replace at first 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 4 years after that every 2 years FUEL SYSTEM Air filter R Fuel lines and hoses I I Hoses and tubes for emission I IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 120 000 km 75 000 miles CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I Disc brakes I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 12 000 km 7 500 miles Steering operation and linkages I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I bearing axial play Driveshaft dust boots I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 5 years All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 x1000 miles 7 5 15 22 5 30 37 5 45 52 5 60 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter R R Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure t
200. e closed Close and lock all doors and the liftgate from the outside using the key or press the lock button on your keyless entry system transmitter The hazard warning lights will flash once The following method will also arm the theft deterrent system Close the hood and the liftgate Press the area on the door lock switch marked LOCK once Close all doors The security indicator light in the instrument panel flashes twice per second for 20 seconds ein The theft deterrent system can also be armed by activating the auto re lock function with all the doors the liftgate and the hood closed NOTE Locking the doors with the inside door lock knob will not arm the system Some models 3 29 Knowing Your Mazda Security System 4 After 20 seconds the system is fully armed NOTE e Auto re lock function After unlocking with the transmitter all doors and the liftgate will automatically lock if one of the doors or the liftgate is not opened within about 30 seconds The system will disarm if one of the following operations takes place within 20 seconds after closing the hood and locking all the doors and the liftgate e Pressing the unlock button on the transmitter Any door or the liftgate is opened e Unlocking a door with the inside door lock knob e Unlocking a door with the door lock switch e Unlocking the driver s door with the key The hood is opened The key is inserted in the ig
201. e directions on the container A CAUTION gt Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the window glass It could damage the thermal filaments and the antenna lines gt When washing the inside of the window glass use a soft cloth dampened in lukewarm water gently wiping the thermal filaments and the antenna lines Use of glass cleaning products could damage the thermal filaments and the antenna lines VY Cleaning the Floor Mats Rubber floor mats should be cleaned with mild soap and water only A WARNING Do not use rubber cleaners such as tire cleaner or tire shine when cleaning rubber floor mats Cleaning the rubber floor mats with rubber cleaning products makes the floor mats slippery This may cause an accident when depressing the accelerator brake or clutch Manual transaxle pedal or when getting in or out of the vehicle After removing the floor mats for cleaning always reinstall them securely Refer to Floor Mat on page 4 7 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care 8 65 8 66 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Important consumer information including warranties and add on equipment Customer Assistance ccccscsseeeeseees 9 2 Customer Assistance U S A oo 9 2 Customer Assistance Canada 9 7 Customer Assistance Puerto Rico 9 10 Customer Assistance Mexico 9 11 Mazda Importer Distributors 9 13 Importer Distributor
202. e done as soon as possible Bird droppings can be removed with a soft sponge and water If you are traveling and these are not available a moistened tissue may also take care of the problem The cleaned area should be waxed according to the instructions in this section Insects and tree sap are best removed with a soft sponge and water or a commercially available chemical cleaner Another method is to cover the affected area with dampened newspaper for one to two hours After removing the newspaper rinse off the loosened debris with water Y Water Marks Occurrence Rain fog dew and even tap water can contain harmful minerals such as salt and lime If moisture containing these minerals settles on the vehicle and evaporates the minerals will concentrate and harden to form white rings The rings can damage your vehicle s finish Prevention It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section These steps should be taken immediately after you find water marks on your vehicle s finish V Paint Chipping Occurrence Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown in the air by another vehicle s tires hits your vehicle How to avoid paint chipping Keeping a safe distance between you and the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of having your paint chipped by flying gravel Maintenance and Care Appearance Care NOTE e The paint chipping zone varies with
203. e front passenger seat improperly out of position or with the seatback reclined too far while the vehicle is moving is dangerous as it can take off weight from the seat bottom and affect the weight determination of the front passenger sensing system As a result the front passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag and seat belt pretensioner which could result in serious injury Always sit upright against the seatback with your feet on the floor Essential Safety Equipment Seats Do not drive with the seatback unlocked All of the seatbacks play an important role in your protection in a vehicle Leaving the seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision resulting in severe injury After adjusting the seatback at any time even when there are no other passengers rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place To change the seatback angle lean forward slightly while raising the lever Then lean back to the desired position and release the lever Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seatback is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward 2 3 Essential Safety Equipment Seats A CAUTION When returning a rear reclined seatback to its upright position make sure you hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever
204. e fuel filler lid is open Close the fuel filler lid before opening the sliding door NOTE When closing the sliding door from the fully opened position and from outside the vehicle pull the outside door handle outward to release the latch and slide the door toward the front Rear Door Child Safety Locks These locks are intended to help prevent children from accidentally opening the sliding doors Use them both whenever a child rides in the vehicle If you slide the child safety lock to the lock position before closing that door the door cannot be opened from the inside The door can be opened only by pulling the outside handle Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A WARNING Never allow a person to ride in the luggage compartment Allowing a person to ride in the luggage compartment is dangerous The person in the luggage compartment could be seriously injured or killed during sudden braking or a collision Do not drive with the liftgate open Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle is dangerous An open liftgate in a moving vehicle will cause exhaust gas to be drawn into the cabin This gas contains CO carbon monoxide which is colorless odorless and highly poisonous and it can cause loss of consciousness and death Moreover an open liftgate could cause occupants to fall out in an accident Do not stack or leave loaded luggage unsecured in the luggage compartment Otherwise the lug
205. e horn and flashing the hazard warning lights Refer to Operation on page 3 29 NOTE The theft deterrent system operates with the key or the keyless entry system transmitter The system will not function unless it is properly armed To properly secure the vehicle always make sure all windows are completely closed and all doors and the liftgate are locked before leaving the vehicle Remember to take your key and transmitter Y Operation System triggering conditions The horn sounds intermittently and the hazard warning lights flash for about 30 seconds when the system is triggered by any one of the following e Forcing open a door the hood or the liftgate e Unlocking a door with the inside door lock knob e Unlocking a door with the door lock switch e Opening the hood by operating the hood release handle e Switching the ignition ON without the key If the system is triggered again the lights and horn will activate until a door or the liftgate is unlocked with the key or with the transmitter Knowing Your Mazda Security System NOTE If the battery goes dead while the theft deterrent system is armed the horn will activate and the hazard warning lights will flash when the battery is charged or replaced Y How to Arm the System 1 Close the windows and the moonroof securely 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Make sure all the windows the moonroof and the hood ar
206. e indicator light flashing a slight lugging sound will come from the engine This indicates that the TCS is operating properly On slippery surfaces such as fresh snow it will be impossible to achieve high rpm when the TCS is on Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Dynamic Stability Control DSC The Dynamic Stability Control DSC automatically controls braking and engine torque in conjunction with systems such as ABS and TCS to help control side slip when driving on slippery surfaces or during sudden or evasive maneuvering enhancing vehicle safety Refer to ABS page 5 8 and TCS page 5 24 DSC operation is possible at speeds greater than 20 km h 12 mph A WARNING Do not rely on the dynamic stability control as a substitute for safe driving The dynamic stability control DSC cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident 5 25 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A CAUTION gt The DSC may not operate correctly unless the following are observed gt Use tires of the correct size specified for your Mazda on all four wheels gt Use tires of the same manufacturer brand and tread pattern on all four wheels gt Do not mix worn tires gt The DSC may not operate correctly wh
207. e or become disabled causing serious injury or death V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep If a malfunction is detected in the air bag front seat belt pretensioner systems and the warning light a warning beep sound will be heard for about 5 seconds every minute The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heard for approximately 35 minutes Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding Driving the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding is dangerous Ina collision the air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible 2 57 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria This chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the type of collision The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions Types of collision A severe frontal near frontal collision A severe side collision A rear collision SRS equipment Front seat R belt X both sides X impact side only pretensioner Driver air bag X No air bag and front seat Fr
208. e or in part This evidence may consist of the following e The Mazda Scheduled Maintenance Record refer to the Warranty Booklet must be completely filled out showing mileage repair order number date for each service and signed by a qualified automotive service technician who service vehicles e Original copies of repair orders or other receipts that include the mileage and date the vehicle was serviced Each receipt should be signed by a qualified automotive service technician e For self maintenance a statement that you completed the maintenance yourself displaying mileage and the date the work was performed Also receipts for the replacement parts fluid filters etc indicating the date and mileage must accompany this statement NOTE If you elect to perform maintenance yourself or have your vehicle serviced at a location other than an Authorized Mazda Dealer Mazda requires that all fluids parts and materials must meet Mazda standards for durability and performance as described in this manual Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance as opposed to defective materials or authorized Mazda workmanship will not be honored Maintenance and Care Introduction Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda s original equipment may perform maintenance But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance
209. e returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected When using an automatic car wash e Retract the door mirrors e The automatic car wash brushes could reduce the paint lustre or hasten paint deterioration When using a high water pressure car wash High water temperature and high water pressure car washers are available depending on the type of car wash machine If the car washer nozzle is put too close to the vehicle the force of the spray could damage or deform the molding affect the sealability of parts and allow water to penetrate the interior Keep a sufficient space 30 cm 12 in or more between the nozzle and the vehicle In addition do not spend too much time spraying the same area of the vehicle and be very careful when spraying between gaps in doors and around windows Waxing Your vehicle needs to be waxed when water no longer beads on the finish 8 60 Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing it In addition to the vehicle body wax the metal trim to maintain its luster 1 Use wax which contains no abrasives Waxes containing abrasive will remove paint and could damage bright metal parts 2 Use a good grade of natural wax for metallic mica and solid colors 3 When waxing coat evenly with the sponge s
210. e such as a personal computer e A current converter device such as a DC AC converter e When excess snow or ice adheres to the vehicle especially around the wheels e When the tire pressure sensor batteries are exhausted e When using a wheel with no tire pressure sensor installed e When using tires with steel wire reinforcement in the side walls e When using tire chains 5 32 VY Tires and Wheels A CAUTION When inspecting or adjusting the tire air pressures do not apply excessive force to the stem part of the wheel unit The stem part could be damaged Changing tires and wheels The following procedure allows the TPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor s unique ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are changed such as changing to and from winter tires NOTE Each tire pressure sensor has a unique ID signal code The signal code must be registered with the TPMS before it can work The easiest way to do it is to have an Authorized Mazda Dealer change your tire and complete ID signal code registration When having tires changed at an Authorized Mazda Dealer When an Authorized Mazda Dealer changes your vehicle s tires they will complete the tire pressure sensor ID signal code registration When changing tires yourself If you or someone else changes tires you or someone else can also undertake the steps for the TPMS to complete the ID signal code registration 1 After tires have been changed
211. e using the time setting buttons H M The hours advance while the time setting button H is pressed The minutes advance while the time setting button M is pressed Time resetting 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON 2 Press the 00 button 3 When the button is pressed the time will be reset as follows Example 12 01 12 29 12 00 12 30 12 59 1 00 NOTE When the button is pressed the seconds will start at 00 6 96 Vv Ambient Temperature Display When the ignition is switched ON the ambient temperature is displayed NOTE e Under the following conditions the ambient temperature display may differ from the actual ambient temperature depending on the surroundings and vehicle conditions e Significantly cold or hot temperatures e Sudden changes in ambient temperature The vehicle is parked The vehicle is driven at low speeds e Press the AUTO switch page 6 5 for 3 seconds or more to switch the display from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice versa VY Climate Control Display The climate control system status is displayed To operate the climate control system refer to Climate Control System page 6 2 Vv Audio Display The audio system status is displayed To operate the audio system refer to Audio System page 6 11 V Trip Computer The trip computer can display the following e The current fuel economy e The average fuel economy e The approx
212. eat Storage If your vehicle has a right second row storage box page 6 105 when using the storage box small items can be stored under the both bottoms of the second row seats To use the under seat storage Pull the strap and lift the seat bottom up and forward A CAUTION Do not store items above the marked line indicated in the illustration below If the items are stored above the marked line the seat bottom will not lock and could cause serious injury To return the seat bottom Carefully lower the seat bottom backward until it locks in place Attempt to lift the seat bottom to make sure it is firmly locked down Interior Comfort Interior Equipment A CAUTION When returning the seat bottom to its upright position make sure there is no object lodged between the seatback and the seat belt buckle If the seat bottom is returned to its upright position in this condition it could damage the seat belt buckle If the seat belt buckle does not return to its position after removing the obstruction move the buckle rearward with your hand and then lower the seat bottom Y Storage Box The storage box is stowed under the bottom of the right second row seat Small items can be stored in this box Some models 6 105 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment To use the storage box 1 Pull the strap and lift the seat bottom up and forward NOTE If it is hard to lift the seat
213. eatback contacts the second row seat gt Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat gt Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will deactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates A CAUTION gt To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the sensors in the front seat bottoms gt Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on them gt Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats gt To allow the sensors to function properly always perform the following gt Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly gt If you place your child on the front passenger seat secure the child restraint system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible page 2 40 2 64 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags NOTE The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or other items are put on the front passenger seat o
214. eats n se 2 5 Third row seat sseeeeeeeeee 2 10 Second Row Seats seses 2 5 Security System Immobilizer system 00 3 25 Theft deterrent system 3 29 Service Publications 0 eee 9 44 Spare Tire and Tool Storage 7 3 Specifications cceceeseseeceeseeeees 10 4 Speedometer ceceeeeseeseeseeeeeeeeees 5 41 SRS Air Bags Driver and front passenger occupant classification system 06 2 61 How the SRS air bags work 2 54 Limitations to SRS air bag 2 59 Monitoring and maintenance 2 66 SRS air bag deployment CHU a nenun a awed 2 58 SRS Air Bags Supplemental restraint system SRS precautions 2 46 S SRS Air Bags Supplemental restraint system COMPONENS 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeee 2 52 Steering Wheel ec eeeseeseereeees 3 32 TOM eek sc hentia tae E aes aeaa 5 70 Storage BOX entrena 6 105 Storage Compartments 6 102 Cargo securing loops 6 107 Cargo sub compartment 6 107 Center console eeeeeseeeeee 6 104 Glove compartment 6 104 Rear coat hooks eseeeee 6 108 Storage DOX eceeseseereeseeeees 6 105 Underseat storage eeeeee 6 104 Sunshade sin Nahe cde 3 24 SUNVISOTS ssc easter E E nis 6 93 T Ta ho ter siise Boidin 5 42 Temporary Spare Tire 00 8 39 Theft Deterrent System 06 3 29 Third Row Seat s es 2 10 Tiedown HOOk
215. ecision Mazda believes in providing a fast fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensure Mazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers California Customers 1 Mazda North American Operations participates in BBB AUTO LINE a mediation arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus 4200 Wilson Boulevard Arlington Virginia 22203 through local Better Business Bureaus BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration Certification Program of the California Department of Consumer Affairs 2 If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty we encourage you to bring it to our attention If we are unable to resolve it you may file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six 6 months after the expiration of the warranty 3 To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE call 1 800 955 5100 There is no charge for the call 4 In order to file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE you will have to provide your name and address the brand name and vehicle identification number VIN of your vehicle and a statement of the nature of your problem or complaint You will also be asked to provide the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle the vehicle s current mileage the approximate date and mileage at the time any problem s were first brought to the attention of Mazda or one of our dealers and a statement of the relief you
216. ect one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Select one of the following Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code 6 Say Beep Edit 7 Prompt Please say the name of the device you would like to edit Available devices are XXXXX Ex device A XXXXX Ex device B XXXXX Ex device C Which device please 6 87 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 8 Say Beep XXXXxX Ex device Cy 9 Prompt New name please 10 Say Beep XXXXX Ex device C Speak a device tag an arbitrary name for the device 11 Prompt XXXXX Ex device C Device tag is this correct 12 Say Beep Yes 13 Prompt New name saved V Security Setting If a passcode is set the system cannot be activated unless the passcode is input NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective Passcode setting 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Passcode 5 Prompt Passcode is disabled Would you like to e
217. ed Is the steering wheel adjusted properly Is everyone s seat belt fastened Check all gauges Check all warning lights when the ignition is switched ON Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes off Always be thoroughly familiar with your Mazda 4 5 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Break In Period No special break in is necessary but a few precautions in the first 1 000 km 600 miles may add to the performance economy and life of your Mazda e Do not race the engine e Do not maintain one constant speed either slow or fast for a long period of time e Do not drive constantly at full throttle or high engine rpm for extended periods of time Avoid unnecessary hard stops e Avoid full throttle starts e 4 6 Money Saving Suggestions How you operate your Mazda determines how far it will travel on a tank of fuel Use these suggestions to help save money on fuel and repairs e Avoid long warm ups Once the engine runs smoothly begin driving Avoid fast starts Keep the engine tuned Follow the maintenance schedule page 8 4 and have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform inspections and servicing Use the air conditioner only when necessary Slow down on rough roads Keep the tires properly inflated Do not carry unnecessary weight Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving Keep the wheels in correct alignment e Keep windows closed at hi
218. edal 4 Manual transaxle Depress the clutch pedal all the way and shift into neutral Keep the clutch pedal depressed while cranking the engine Automatic transaxle Put the vehicle in park P If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving shift into neutral N NOTE Manual transaxle The starter will not operate unless the clutch is depressed sufficiently Automatic transaxle The starter will not operate if the shift lever is not in P or N 5 Switch the ignition to START and hold up to 10 seconds at a time until the engine starts A CAUTION Do not try the starter for more than 10 seconds at a time If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 10 seconds before trying again Otherwise you may damage the starter and drain the battery 5 3 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 6 After starting the engine let it idle for about 10 seconds NOTE e In extremely cold weather or after the vehicle has not been driven in several days let the engine warm up without operating the accelerator e Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without use of the accelerator If the engine does not start the first time refer to Starting a Flooded Engine under Emergency Starting If the engine still does not start have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer page 7 16 5 4 Turning the Engine Off A WARNING Do not stop the engine while the vehicle i
219. eee eeeeeeeeees 5 40 Interior Care s2tiacevigaydotnt teaicnnd 8 63 Interior Lights cceeeeseeeseeseeees 6 93 J Jump Starting ee eceeeeseeseeeeeteeeees 7 17 K Keyless Entry System sssssseessseeseeees 3 3 KEYS eaa tte asd 3 2 L Label Information ssseseeeeeeeeeeeee 10 2 Lane Change Signals 0 0 0 0 cesses 5 63 Liftgate none enean rai 3 13 L Light Bulbs Replacement cerien 8 42 Specifications cceeeeeeeseeees 10 6 Lighting Control sses 5 59 Lubricant Quality occ 10 4 Luggage Compartment Light 6 94 M Maintenance Introduction sses 8 2 Owner maintenance precautions 000 eee eeeeeeeteeteeeeees 8 17 Owner maintenance schedule 8 16 Scheduled eieiei 8 4 Manual Transaxle Operation 5 10 Recommendations for shifting 5 11 Map Lights neierens 6 94 Meters and Gauges cceseesseeteeees 5 40 Mirror Defogger ccecceseeeeeeees 5 69 Mirrors Outside Mirrors osses 3 32 Rearview Mirror eee 3 33 Money Saving Suggestions 4 6 Moonroof a erneten ernia 3 22 O Odometer and Trip Meter 5 41 Outside Mirrors s s s 3 32 Overhead Lights ccceseeeeereeees 6 94 Overheating noinine 7 14 Overloading ecceeeseeeeteeseeeeeeees 4 10 P Paint Damage cccecceeceeseeseeeeees 8 56 Parking Brake cceeeseeseeteeteetees 5 6 Index P Parking in an Emergency 06 7 2 Park
220. eeeees 6 102 Accessory Sockets si s asir er eena a NEEE 6 109 Some models 6 1 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Operating Tips V Operating the Climate Control System Operate the climate control system with the engine running NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the fan control dial on for a long period of time with the ignition switched ON when the engine is not running V Clearing the Air Inlet Clear all obstructions such as leaves snow and ice from the hood and the air inlet in the cowl grille to improve the system efficiency Y Foggy Windows The windows may fog up easily in humid weather Use the climate control system to defog the windows To help defog the windows operate the air conditioner to dehumidify the air NOTE The air conditioner may be used along with the heater to dehumidify the air VY Outside Recirculated Air Position Use the outside air mode for ventilation or windshield defrosting The recirculate mode should be used when the air inside tunnels or while in traffic jams is polluted or you would like to shut off outside air for quick cooling of the interior YV Parking in Direct Sunlight If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows to let warm air escape then run the climate control system V Not Using for a Long Period Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes at least once a month to keep i
221. eesess 10 5 FUSES oa n E E ation 8 50 Panel description s ssssesseeeeseeee 8 53 Replacement c eceeceeeeeees 8 50 G GAUSS rierien rie ENERE 5 40 Glove Compartment ceee 6 104 H Hazard Warning Flasher 5 70 Hazardous Driving cceseeeereee 4 7 Head Restraint cceceseeeseeseeeees 2 14 Headlights GCOntrOl deossen oaan 5 59 Flashing ennnen 5 62 High low beam eee 5 62 Leveling inanan 5 62 On reminder eeceseeeereeees 5 62 Hood Release n se 3 21 HO ee eit etn se 5 70 I Ignition KEYS wissicesecuatencettsaverteereaecatents 3 2 SAAE re a Cai a ctegesuatcdeden 5 2 Illuminated Entry System 6 93 Immobilizer System eeeeeees 3 25 I Indicator Lights 0 ceceeceeseeeeees 5 44 CRUISE eei tenini entei 5 55 PSC OPF aisssssvten dessins 5 55 Headlight high beam 5 54 Low engine coolant temperature eee eeeeeeeseeteees 5 55 Power steering malfunction 5 56 Security oc cav eae 5 54 Shift position c cece 5 54 TCS DS C pats vente alt 5 55 Turn signal hazard warning 5 56 Information Display seee 6 95 Ambient temperature display 6 96 Audio display c cecceececeeeees 6 96 Climate control display 6 96 Clock 3 3 be ssereieiecn eet 6 96 Information display functions 6 95 Trip computer cece 6 97 Instrument Cluster
222. eles 8 25 Manual shift mode ee 5 15 Shift lock override 0008 5 14 Shift lock system cceeeeee 5 14 Transaxle ranges sesse 5 13 B Battery Emergency starting 0 0 00 7 16 Maintenance s s s 8 32 Replacement ecceceseeeees 8 36 Specifications c cece 10 4 Beep Sounds Ignition key reminder 5 58 Lights on reminder e 5 58 Seat belt warning eeeeee 5 58 Tire inflation pressure warning 5 58 B Before Starting the Engine 4 5 After getting 1m eee 4 5 Before getting in 0 eee 4 5 Bluetooth Audio ceeeeeeeees 6 60 Bluetooth Hands Free 0 6 70 Basic Bluetooth Hands Free OPCratiON sernir ia 6 74 Convenient use of the hands free SYSLEM en o e adie 6 79 Hands free setting 0 0 eee 6 85 Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free CUSLOMET SELVICE ceceeeseeeseeeee 6 92 Safety certification 0 0 eee 6 92 When Bluetooth Hands Free cannot DE USEU aa n eae 6 91 Body Lubrication cccesereees 8 27 Bottle Holdt senn nemani 6 101 Brake Clutch PUG ass tisccccstecrduvesstecses te Baced fees 8 24 Brakes Anti lock brake system ABS 5 8 Brakes assist cccccscceseesseeseeees 5 9 Foot brake cccccceescecessceseeeseeeees 5 5 Parking brake ceeesesseereeees 5 6 Warning light eceeeeeeereeeee 5 7 Break In Period ccccccccessceseeeseeeees 4 6 Bulb Repl
223. en properly turned off When the doors are unlocked by pressing the unlock button on the transmitter while the theft deterrent system is turned off the hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 29 The system can be set to unlock all doors by performing a single operation Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 NOTE Auto re lock function After unlocking with the transmitter all doors and the liftgate will automatically lock if one of the doors or the liftgate is not opened within about 30 seconds The time required for the doors to lock automatically can be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Panic button If you witness from a distance someone attempting to break into or damage your vehicle pressing the panic button will activate the vehicle s alarm NOTE The panic button will work whether any door or the liftgate is open or closed Turning on the alarm Pressing the panic button for 1 second or more will trigger the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30 seconds and the following will occur e The horn sounds intermittently e The hazard warning lights flash Turning off the alarm Press any button on the transmitter Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Declaration of Conformity Keyless entry system U S A FCC WARNING Changes or modifications
224. en reading out the following points must be observed e Read out the numbers one at a time correctly and naturally For example 1234 must be read out one two three four not twelve thirty four e Do not read out parentheses and hyphens are used for separating numbers in a phone number Ex 888 555 1212 must be spoken Eight eight eight five five five one two one two Phrase Command 1 0123456789 888 555 1212 Call Dial Setup Cancel Continue Help S uI B wld NOTE The applicable phrase appears in the display After user voice registration is completed voice guidance Speaker enrollment is complete is announced Voice recognition learning on off 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press Say Beep Voice training Prompt Enrollment is enabled disabled Would you like to disable enable or retrain Say Beep Disable or Enable When Disable is spoken the voice recognition learning is turned off When Enable is spoken the voice recognition learning is turned on Prompt Speaker Enrollment is disabled enabled Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free When Bluetooth Hands Free Cannot be Used Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be used under the following conditions e The device is outside
225. en the power steering fluid level is low Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir at each engine oil change with the engine off and cold The level must be kept between MIN and MAX Visually examine the lines and hoses for leaks and damage If the fluid decreases significantly or the fluid level is around MIN or lower than MIN consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected Automatic Transaxle Fluid ATF V Inspecting Automatic Transaxle Fluid Level The automatic transaxle fluid level should be inspected regularly Measure it as described below A CAUTION Always check the automatic transaxle fluid level according to the following procedure If the procedure is not done correctly the automatic transaxle fluid level cannot be measured accurately which could lead to automatic transaxle damage 1 Park on a level surface and set the parking brake firmly 2 Make sure there is no ATF leakage from the ATF hose or the housing 3 Shift the shift lever to the park position P start the engine and warm it up A CAUTION Do not shift the shift lever while the engine is warming up If the ATF level is extremely low the automatic transaxle could be damaged 4 While the engine is still idling pull out the dipstick and wipe it clean and then reinsert it 5 Check the ATF level If the ATF level does not reach 5 mm 0 2 in from the end of the dipstick consult an
226. en tire chains are used ora temporary spare tire is installed because the tire diameter changes NOTE After switching the ignition ON a clicking sound may be heard behind the dashboard This sound is the result of the DSC system self check operation and does not indicate an abnormality Vv TCS DSC Indicator Light This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the TCS or DSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS or DSC may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 26 Y DSC OFF Indicator Light e e OFF This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON It also illuminates when the DSC OFF switch is pressed and TCS DSC is switched off page 5 26 If the light stays on when the TCS DSC is not switched off take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer The dynamic stability control may have a malfunction Y DSC OFF Switch Press the DSC OFF switch to turn off the TCS DSC The DSC OFF indicator light illuminates Press the switch again to turn the TCS DSC back on The DSC OFF indicator light turns off Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving NOTE e When DSC is on and you attempt to free the vehicle when it is stuck or drive it out of freshly fallen snow the TCS part of the DSC system will activate Depressing the acceler
227. ending on the computer operating system version software or settings In this case add the file extension mp3 to the end of the file name and then write it to the memory Playable WMA file specification Playable WMA files are as follows Item Content Specification Windows Media Audio Version 7 0 8 0 9 0 standard Sampling rate 22 05 kHz MID 44 1 48 32 kHz HI Bit rate 32 192 kbps Version 7 0 8 0 32 320 kbps Version 9 0 A CAUTION This unit plays files with the file extension wma as a WMA file Do not use the WMA file extension for files other than WMA files Otherwise it could result in noise or a malfunction WMA files written under specifications other than the indicated specification may not play normally or files or folder names may not display correctly Interior Comfort Audio System e The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system version software or settings In this case add the file extension wma to the end of the file name and then write it to the memory Playable AAC file specification Playable AAC files are as follows Item Content Specification MPEG4 AAC LC Sampling rate 8 11 025 12 kHz 16 22 05 24 kHz 32 44 1 48 kHz Bit rate 24 320 kbps A CAUTION This unit plays files with the file extension aac m4a as an AAC file Do not use the AAC fi
228. ent Storage Compartments A WARNING Keep storage boxes closed when driving Driving with the storage boxes open is dangerous To reduce the possibility of injury in an accident or a sudden stop keep the storage boxes closed when driving Do not put articles in storage spaces with no lid Putting articles in storage spaces with no lid is dangerous as they could be thrown around the cabin if the vehicle is suddenly accelerated and cause injury depending on how the article is stored A CAUTION Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in the storage boxes while parked under the sun A lighter could explode or the plastic material in eyeglasses could deform and crack from high temperature 6 102 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment V Small Item Storage Spaces A WARNING Do not place objects in the small storage spaces which can roll around easily or stick out Putting objects in the small item storage spaces which can roll around easily or stick out is dangerous During emergency braking or a collision the objects could be thrown around the cabin and cause injury The spaces can be used to store small items 6 103 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment V Glove Compartment To open the glove compartment pull the latch toward you To close the glove compartment firmly press in the center of the glove compartment lid V Center Console 6 104 V Unders
229. er can be changed 30 seconds 60 90 seconds Keyless entry The flashing of the hazard warning lights when the doors are locked unlocked can be changed Activated Deactivated Auto headlight on off The function allowing the horn to sound automatically when the doors are locked by pressing the transmitter two times consecutively can be changed The headlight illumination on off timing based on surrounding lightness darkness can be changed Activated Standard illuminates under average levels of darkness Deactivated Earlier Somewhat earlier Somewhat later Later Two step down power window 10 8 The two step down power window function can be changed Activated Deactivated Index A Accessory Socket s 6 109 Add On Non Genuine Parts and ACCESSOTIES 00 eeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeesetseeeeeaes 9 18 Air Bag Systems cceceeeeseereeee 2 46 Ambient Temperature Display 6 96 Antenna ssnin ninine e 6 11 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 5 8 Warning light oseese 5 8 Appearance Care ssesseseseeseseseeseessee 8 56 Audio System ssssssesssseseeseseesreeeseeee 6 11 Audio control switch 6 47 AIO Sti feccsehaes hee steietestaed 6 23 AUX USB iPod Mode 4 6 50 Operating tips for audio SYSUEM siseiesruseoneiiedcecseteesees 6 12 Safety certification eee 6 59 Automatic Transaxle Driving tips sesers 5 19 Pit dares Ae e
230. er display Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the scan button SCAN are used for inputting the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used Change of ID code Setting condition SAT mode When changing the ID code the new ID code is input after the previous one is input first Registered ID code input 1 Press and hold the scan button SCAN then press channel preset button 5 Hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 2 ENTER PIN appears for three seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 6 38 3 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input 4 Input the registered ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example When the registered ID code is 2323 input 2323 At this time SRI 2323 is displayed Press 1 for the first digit 2 for the second 3 for the third and 4 for the last digit For example if your number is 2323 press three times includes 0 2 four times 3 three times and 4 four times If the display goes off while inputting begin from Step 1 NOTE The registered ID code is the default 0000 at the time of factory shipment If 0000 results in Err on the display go to the INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE section to reset to 0000 Verification with the registered ID code 5 Determine the input code by pressing the scan button SCAN 6 If it does not match with the previously registered code
231. er exposure Never operate the CD player with the top case of the unit removed gt Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate this equipment NOTE For CD player section This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation 6 59 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth Audio Y What is Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth audio outline By programming portable audio devices equipped with the Bluetooth communication function to the vehicle s Bluetooth unit you can listen to music or audio recorded on these audio devices from the vehicle s speakers Bluetooth audio devices do n
232. er sound Rear Corner Sensor Approx 50 37 cm 19 15 in X gt Medium intermittent sound Approx 37 25 cm 14 0 9 9 in gt A gt Fast intermittent sound Within approx 25 cm 9 8 in Continuous sound 3 p The speed of the intermittent sound increases as the vehicle approaches the obstruction Parking sensor malfunction sound In the following cases a problem with the system may be indicated Condition Action The beep sound is not heard even if the shift lever is shifted to the reverse R The system may have a malfunction Have the vehicle inspected at an e Beep sound is heard and the Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible indicator light in the parking sensor switch flashes The intermittent sound of the Remove any foreign material from the sensor area If the system does not buzzer is heard five times recover have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE The beep sound which indicates a system malfunction may not be heard if the ambient temperature is extremely cold or mud ice or snow adheres to the sensor area Remove any foreign material from the sensor area 5 39 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators Meters and Gauges Speedometer sansen ue ek AUR ee RA ae eee page 5 41 Odometer Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector cccccccccesceteeseeteeeeeeeseeeeens page 5 41
233. er systems will deactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates 2 63 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat increasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is dangerous The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the increased total seated weight which could result in the unexpected deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system in an accident and may cause serious injury Increasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat could result in the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident under the following conditions for example gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint system gt A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback gt A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with their feet gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint or armrest gt Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket gt The seat is washed gt Liquids are spilled on the seat gt The front passenger seat is moved backward pushing into luggage or other items placed behind it gt The front passenger s
234. erclockwise and remove it then partially peel back the mudguard Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector 4 Turn the bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Some models 8 45 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used Use the protective cover and carton of the replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb promptly out of the reach of children Front turn signal lights Front side marker lights Parking lights 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Lift the hood 3 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 4 Remove the bulb by pressing it in slightly and turning it counterclockwise 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Side turn signal lights Due to the complexity and difficulty of the procedure the LED bulbs must be replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 46 Some models NOTE LED bul
235. ery be careful not to touch any of the internal circuitry and electrical terminals bend the electrical terminals or get dirt in the transmitter as the transmitter could be damaged gt There is the danger of explosion if the battery is not correctly replaced gt Replace only with the same type battery CR1620 or equivalent gt Dispose of used batteries according to the following instructions gt Insulate the plus and minus terminals of the battery using cellophane or equivalent tape gt Never disassemble gt Never throw the battery into fire and or water gt Never deform or crush Replacing the transmitter battery 1 Unfold the key page 3 2 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 2 Insert a screwdriver into the slot and push the tab to remove the key from the transmitter 3 Insert a screwdriver into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 5 Put in the new battery CR1620 or equivalent with the positive pole facing down 6 Align the front and back covers and snap the transmitter shut 7 Align the key with the transmitter as shown in the figure and insert the key until a click sound is heard A CAUTION Insert the key into the transmitter securely until a click sound is heard If it is not inserted securely it could detach from the transmitter YW Service If you have a problem with the keyless entry system consult
236. esult in the loss of important data Bluetooth equipped device Mobile phone A Bluetooth equipped device Mobile phone communicates with the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle using radio transmission Bluetooth For example if the device Mobile phone is placed in a coat pocket the phone calls can be made through your mobile service without taking out and handling the device Mobile phone 6 70 Some models A CAUTION The types of devices Mobile phone which can be connected to the hands free unit are limited Therefore before purchasing or changing your device Mobile phone model consult Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service or visit www MazdaUSA com bluetooth for a complete list of compatible phones Devices Mobile phone which can be connected to the hands free system need to be compliant with Bluetooth specifications and the appropriate profile However even among these Bluetooth devices Mobile phone are some which will not connect with your Mazda or will have limited function Therefore consult Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service for information regarding device Mobile phone compatibility gt U S A Phone 800 430 0153 Web www Mazda USA com bluetooth gt Canada Phone 800 430 0153 Web www mazdahandsfree ca gt Mexico Center of Attention to Client CAC Phone 01 800 01 MAZDA Web www mazdamexico com mx Applicable Bluetooth specification
237. etooth unit links this device If you would like to use a Bluetooth audio type device which has been previously programmed to the Bluetooth unit the link must be changed to this device e Ifan error occurs while trying to link a device Err flashes in the display for three seconds and the display returns to LINK CHANGE If this occurs check the programming status of the Bluetooth audio device and the location of the device in the vehicle not in the trunk or a metal type box and then try the link operation again e Device selection can also be done using voice recognition page 6 85 How to confirm the device currently linked Switch to the link change mode Refer to Changing the link to a Bluetooth audio device The device name displayed first is the device which is currently linked Deleting the link to a Bluetooth audio device 1 Using the audio control dial select the pairing delete mode PAIR DELETE in the BT SETUP mode Refer to Bluetooth audio device set up for details 2 Press the audio control dial to determine the mode 3 The name of the first device among the programmed devices is displayed 6 66 4 Rotate the audio control dial and select the name of the programmed device you would like to delete Device name 1 Device name 2 v4 Device name 3 y Device name 4 EN y g A 0 Nj Device name 5 Device name
238. evels or less A single disc with up to 512 files can be played and a single folder with up to 255 files can be played e When naming an MP3 file be sure to add an MP3 file extension mp3 after the file name e The number of characters which can be displayed is restricted CAUTION This unit can only play MP3 files that have an MP3 file extension mp3 attached Do not attach an MP3 file extension to any other type file as it could cause noise to be emitted or a malfunction in the unit About ID3 Tag display e This unit can only display ID3 Tag album track and artist names that have been input using Ver 1 0 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 formats Any other data that may have been input cannot be displayed This unit cannot display some characters Characters which cannot be displayed are indicated by an asterisk X 6 18 Specialized glossary MP3 Abbreviation for MPEG Audio Layer 3 A technical standard for audio compression as decided by the ISO MPEG working group Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be compressed to approximately a tenth of the source data size International Organization for Standardization ISO 9660 An international standard for logical formatting of CD ROM files and folders It is divided into three separate levels based on differences in file naming procedures data configuration and other characteristics Multi session A session is the complete amount of data recorded from
239. f after dangerous Unless all safety a specified period of time procedures are followed injury could result Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of the pretensioner system or how to scrap a pretensioner equipped vehicle 2 25 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not operate in an accident A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep If a malfunction is detected in the air bag front seat belt pretensioner systems and the warning light a warning beep sound will be heard for about 5 seconds every minute The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heard for approximately 35 minutes Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 2 26 A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep soundi
240. f high pressure car washer device If the car washer nozzle is put too close to the vehicle or aimed at one area for an extended period of time it could deform plastic parts or damage the paint Do not use wax containing compounds polish Otherwise it could result in paint damage In addition do not use an electrical or air tool to apply wax Otherwise the frictional heat generated could result in deformation of plastic parts or paint damage A WARNING Do not spray water in the cabin Splashing water on electrical parts such as the audio unit and switches is dangerous as it could cause a malfunction or a fire Dashboard Precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oils from contacting the dashboard They ll damage and discolor the dashboard If these solutions get on the dashboard wipe them off immediately A CAUTION Do not use glazing agents Glazing agents contain ingredients which may cause discoloration wrinkling cracks and peeling VY Cleaning the Upholstery and Interior Trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl with a leather and viny cleaner Maintenance and Care Appearance Care Leather Remove dust and sand first using a vacuum cleaner or other means then wipe dirt off using a soft cloth with a leather cleaner or a soft cloth soaked in mild soap Wipe off the remaining cleaner or soap using a cloth
241. f injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag the system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Refer to the following table for the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illumination conditions This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates according to the following table The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible malfunction If this happens the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy Some models 2 61 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision PASS AIRBAG OFF If the front passenger weight sensors are normal the indicator light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON The light turns off after a few seconds Then the indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions Front passenger air bag deactivati
242. filling the trouble tire as leaks are dangerous take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the equipment to fix tires TPMS systems and order the best replacement tire for your vehicle 5 53 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds If the warning light illuminates again even after the tire pressures are adjusted there may be a tire puncture Replace the punctured tire with the temporary spare tire page 7 7 NOTE A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used Warning light flashes When the warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Security Indicator Light enn This indicator light starts flashing every two seconds when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC and the immobilizer system is armed The light stops flashing when the ignition is switched ON with the correct ignition key At this time the immobilizer system is disarmed and the light illuminates for about three seconds and then turns off If the engine does not start with the correct ignition key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 54 V Headlight High Beam Indicator Light This light indicates one of two things e The high beam headlights are
243. flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly To avoid false readings the system samples for a little while before indicating a problem As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation or blow out NOTE This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 5 29 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Y Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON Thereafter the warning light illuminates and a beep is heard when tire pressure is too low in one or more tires and flas
244. following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Select phone 5 Prompt Please say the name of the device you would like to select Available devices are XX XXX Ex device A XXXXX Ex device B XXXXX Ex device C Which device please 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Device By 7 Prompt XXXXX Ex Device B Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes or No 9 If Yes go to Step 10 If No the procedure returns to Step 5 10 Prompt XXXXX Ex Device B selected Music player 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Select music player 5 Prompt Please say the name of the device you would like to select Available devices are XXXXX Ex device A XX XXX Ex device B XXXXX Ex device C Which device please 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Device By 7 Prompt XXXXX Ex Device B Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes or No 9 If Yes go to Step 10 If No the procedure returns to Step 5 10 Prompt XXXXX Ex Device B selected NOTE Device Music player selection can also be do
245. fore vehicles built for use in Canada may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside Canada However in the event that you are moving to the United States permanently Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS NOTE The above is applicable for a permanent import export situation and not related to travelers on vacation You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada e Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine e Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available Please refer to your Manufacturer s Warranty Booklet for more information 9 16 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country Except United States and Canada Registering your vehicle in a foreign country may be problematic depending on whether it meets the specific emission and safety standards of the country in which the vehicle will be driven Consequently your vehic
246. formation artist name music name is displayed only when the USB device information in the USB device has information which can be displayed on the screen This unit cannot display some characters Characters which cannot be displayed are indicated by an asterisk Display scroll Only 12 characters can be displayed at one time 6 54 To display the rest of the characters of a long title press the scroll button SCRL The display scrolls the next 12 characters Press the scroll button SCRL again after the last 12 characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title NOTE The number of characters which can be displayed is restricted Error Messages When the message CHECK USB is displayed it indicates that there is some error in the USB device Verify that the content recorded in the USB device has MP3 WMA AAC files and re connect correctly If the message reappears have the unit checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer MEMO Interior Comfort Audio System Y How to use iPod mode Category down button Category up button Track up Fast forward button Random button Repeat button List up button Track down Reverse button List down button Scan button Text button Source change button Scroll button Play Pause button File dial Connectable iPod is as follows e iPod 5G e iPod classic e iPod nano 1 2 3 4 5 6G e iPod touch e i
247. fting into a driving gear or reverse when the engine is running faster than idle can damage the transaxle R Reverse In position R the vehicle moves only backward You must be at a complete stop before shifting to or from R except under rare circumstances as explained in Rocking the Vehicle page 4 8 N Neutral In N the wheels and transaxle are not locked The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or brakes are on Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING If the engine is running faster than idle do not shift from N or P into a driving gear It s dangerous to shift from N or P into a driving gear when the engine is running faster than idle If this is done the vehicle could move suddenly causing an accident or serious injury Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle Shifting into N while driving is dangerous Engine braking cannot be applied when decelerating which could lead to an accident or serious injury CAUTION Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle Doing so can cause transaxle damage NOTE Apply the parking brake or depress the brake pedal before moving the shift lever from N to prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly D Drive D is the normal driving position From a stop the transaxle will automatically shift through a 5 gear sequence M Manual M is the manual shift mode position Gears can be shifte
248. g Unlocking with Door Lock Switch The liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the door lock switch refer to Power Door Locks page 3 11 Vv Opening and Closing the Liftgate Opening the liftgate Grasp the lower end of the liftgate press the electric liftgate opener on the liftgate and then raise the liftgate when the latch releases Electric liftgate opener While the ignition is switched ON the liftgate can be opened only when the vehicle is stopped with the parking brake applied manual transaxle or with the selector lever in the P position automatic transaxle NOTE When the liftgate latch is released by pressing the electric liftgate opener button the liftgate raises slightly to allow it to be opened If the liftgate is not operated for a certain period of time after the electric liftgate opener button has been pressed the liftgate cannot be raised any more from its slightly raised position Press the electric liftgate opener button again to fully open the liftgate To close the liftgate from its slightly raised position open it first by pressing the electric liftgate opener button and wait for 1 second or longer then close it If the liftgate is not fully closed the driver is notified by a warning indicated in the instrument cluster The sound of the latch may be heard for a few seconds after the electric liftgate opener has been pressed however this does not indicate a malfunct
249. g dial contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Be sure you are parked outside with a clear view of open sky you will be instructed to turn on your radio in SAT mode and tuned to channel 184 Activation typically takes only 2 5 minutes SIRIUS operation All operations of the satellite radio are conducted by means of the audio unit 6 32 SIRIUS radio mode selection When the satellite button SIRIUS is pressed during ACC ON it will play the last SIRIUS channel in use before the mode was switched over to another mode or the power was turned off When the satellite button SIRIUS is pressed in a mode other than the SIRIUS mode the last channel in use will be received Every time the satellite button SIRIUS is pressed the bank changes in the order shown below SR1 gt SR2 gt SR3 NOTE SR1 SR2 and SR3 six stations can be stored in each bank for convenient access to your favorite stations Operation in the initial state It may take some time to start up the equipment when it is in the initial state when there is a change in the user s subscription condition or when the SIRIUS channel map is changed UPDATING xx is displayed when the SIRIUS channel map is changed If the unit is initialized or the user contract content is changed SUBSCRIPTION and UPDATED is displayed Updating could take as long as three minutes depending on the geographical area When the unit is in an
250. g down on the front passenger seatback gt A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint gt Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket gt The seat is washed gt Liquids are spilled on the seat gt The front passenger seat is moved backward pushing into luggage or other items placed behind it gt The front passenger seatback contacts the second row seat gt Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat gt Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for children Always use seat belts and child restraints Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side and curtain air bags It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window the area of the front passenger seat the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy even if a child restraint system is used The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could cause serious injury or death to an out of position child Furthermore leaning over or against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of
251. g repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving NOTE e Perform tire pressure adjustment when the tires are cold Tire pressure will vary according to the tire temperature therefore let the vehicle stand for I hour or only drive it 1 6 km 1 mile or less before adjusting the tire pressures When pressure is adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation pressure the TPMS warning light beep may turn on after the tires cool and pressure drops below specification Also an illuminated TPMS warning light resulting from the tire air pressure dropping due to cold ambient temperature may turn off if the ambient temperature rises In this case it will also be necessary to adjust the tire air pressures If the TPMS warning light illuminates due to a drop in tire air pressure make sure to check and adjust the tire air pressures After adjusting the tire air pressures it may require some time for the TPMS warning light to turn off If the TPMS warning light remains illuminated drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and then verify that it turns off e Tires lose air naturally over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too soft over time or you have a flat However when you find one low tire in a set of four that is an indication of trouble you should
252. gage compartment space from the rear of the vehicle to the back of the front seats fold the second row and third row seats page 2 8 To return third row seat to its original position Return the seatback to its original position while pulling its strap Essential Safety Equipment Seats Make sure the seatback is secured by attempting to lightly move it forward and back 2 11 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Seat Arrangements Illustrations are of representative seat arrangements AWARNING Do not arrange the seats while driving Arranging the seats while driving is dangerous because you do not get the full protection from seat belts and you cannot keep your balance During sudden braking or a collision it could cause serious injuries Do not ride on seatbacks that are folded flat Sitting or lying on seats that are folded flat is a dangerous way to ride During sudden braking or a collision you could be thrown around inside the vehicle and seriously injured Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place Adjustable seats that are not securely locked are dangerous In a sudden stop or collision the seat or seatback could move causing injury A CAUTION Essential Safety Equipment Seats gt Be careful not to place your hands and fingers around moving parts of the seat when arranging the seat to prevent injury gt Do not move around in the vehicle while the seats are folded
253. gage may move or collapse resulting in injury or an accident In addition do not load luggage higher than the seatbacks It may affect the side or rear field of view 3 13 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A CAUTION gt Before opening the liftgate remove any snow and ice accumulation on it Otherwise the liftgate could close under the weight of the snow and ice resulting in injury gt Be careful when opening closing the liftgate during strong winds If a strong gust blows against the liftgate it could close suddenly resulting in injury gt Fully open the liftgate and make sure that it stays open If the liftgate is only opened partially it could slam shut by vibration or wind gusts resulting in injury gt When loading or unloading luggage in the luggage compartment turn off the engine Otherwise you could get burned by the heat of the exhaust gas gt Be careful not to apply excessive force to the damper stay on the liftgate such as by putting your hand on the stay Otherwise the damper stay may bend and affect the liftgate operation 3 14 Locking Unlocking with Key The liftgate can be locked unlocked by inserting the key into the driver s door key cylinder refer to Power Door Locks page 3 11 Y Locking Unlocking with Transmitter The liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 3 Lockin
254. gain Press the dashboard illumination knob to activate the illumination dimmer 5 43 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Warning Indicator Lights Warning Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas Signal Warning Indicator Lights Page O Brake System Warning Light 5 46 BRAKE Malfunction Warning Light 5 47 Charging System Warning Light 5 48 QE Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light 5 48 EA Check Engine Light 5 49 au E High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light Red 5 49 s ABS Warning Light 5 47 5 44 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Signal Warning Indicator Lights Page x Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 5 50 m Low Fuel Warning Light 5 50 R Check Fuel Cap Warning Light 5 50 A Seat Belt Warning Light 5 51 A Door Ajar Warning Light 5 51 aa Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light 5 51 AT Automatic Transaxle Warning Light 5 51 Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light 5 52 en Security Indicator Light 5 54 Headlight High Beam Indicator Light 5 54 PRNDM Shift Position Indicator Light 5 54 aE Low Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light Blue 5 55 a TCS DSC Indicator Light 5 55 DSC OFF Indicator Light 5 55 OFF CRUISE Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green 5 55 0 0 Ligh
255. ge the surface of the CD and must not be used Anything that can damage warp or fog plastic should never be used to clean CDs Insert discs one by one If two discs are inserted at the same time the system may not operate properly The CD player ejects the CD if the CD is inserted upside down Also dirty and or defective CDs may be ejected Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD player 6 16 e e e e Do not insert any disc with a peel off seal affixed to it This unit may not be able to play certain CD R CD RWs made using a computer or music CD recorder due to disc characteristics scratches smudges dirt etc or due to dust or condensation on the lens inside the unit Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature may damage the CD R CD RWs and make them unplayable CD R CD RW exceeding 700 MB cannot be played This unit may not be able to play certain discs made using a computer due to the application writing software setting used For details consult the store where the application was purchased It is possible that certain text data such as titles recorded on a CD R CD RW may not be displayed when musical data CD DA is playing The period from when a CD RW is inserted to when it begins playing is longer than a normal CD or CD R Completely read the instruction manual and cautions for CD R CD RWs Do not use discs with cellophane tape adhering partially peeled
256. ge to the trim and gently insert it in the luggage compartment light as shown in the figure and then remove the luggage compartment light unit 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 3 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure 8 50 Fuses Your vehicle s electrical system is protected by fuses If any lights accessories or controls don t work inspect the appropriate circuit protector If a fuse has blown the inside element will be melted If the same fuse blows again avoid using that system and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible V Fuse Replacement Replacing the fuses on the passenger s side If the electrical system does not work first inspect the fuses on the passenger s side 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and other switches are off 2 Remove the cover Pulling the cover off sideways may break the retaining tabs off 3 Locate the position of the suspected fuse by using the chart inside the fuse block cover 4 Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse puller provided on the inside of the engine compartment fuse block cover M 5 Inspect the fuse and replace it if it s blown A i Normal Blown 6 Insert a new fuse of the same amperage rating and make sure it fits tightly If it does not fit tightly have an expert install it We recommend an Authorized Maz
257. ger air bag a rear seat is the safest place for a child of any age or size Some child restraint systems now come with tethers and therefore must be installed on the seats that take tethers to be effective In your Mazda tethered child restraint systems can only be accommodated in the four positions on the rear seats Some child restraint systems also employ specially designed LATCH attachments refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 43 2 36 A WARNING Tethered Child Restraint Systems Work Only on Tether Equipped Rear Seats Installation of a tether equipped child restraint system in the front passenger s seat defeats the safety design of the system and will result in an increased chance of serious injury if the child restraint system goes forward without benefit of being tethered Place tether equipped child restraint systems where there are tether anchors Rear Seats Child Restraint System Installation Follow these instructions when using a child restraint system unless you are attaching a LATCH equipped child restraint system to the rear LATCH lower anchors Refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 43 NOTE Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully If you are not sure whether you have a LATCH system or tether check in the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions and follow them accordingly Depending on the type of child restraint
258. gh so that the spare tire can be installed Before removing the lug nuts make sure your Mazda is firmly in position and that it cannot slip or move 7 9 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire A WARNING Do not jack up the vehicle higher than is necessary Jacking up the vehicle higher than is necessary is dangerous as it could destabilize the vehicle resulting in an accident Do not start the engine or shake the vehicle while it is jacked up Starting the engine or shaking the vehicle while it is jacked up is dangerous as it could cause the vehicle to fall off the jack resulting in an accident Never go under the vehicle while it is jacked up Going under the vehicle while it is jacked up is dangerous as it could result in death or serious injury if the vehicle were to fall off the jack 8 Remove the lug nuts by turning them counterclockwise then remove the wheel 7 10 Some models V Locking Lug Nuts If your vehicle has Mazda optional antitheft wheel lug nuts one on each wheel will lock the tires and you must use a special key to unlock them This key will attach to the lug wrench and can be stored with the spare tire Register them with the lock manufacturer by filling out the card provided in the glove compartment and mailing it in the accompanying envelope If you lose this key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer or use the lock manufacturer s order form which is with the registration card Antit
259. gh speeds Slow down when driving in crosswinds and headwinds A WARNING Never stop the engine when going down a hill Stopping the engine when going down a hill is dangerous This causes the loss of power steering and power brake control and may cause damage to the drivetrain Any loss of steering or braking control could cause an accident e e o o e e e e Hazardous Driving A WARNING Be extremely careful if it is necessary to downshift on slippery surfaces Downshifting into lower gear while driving on slippery surfaces is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for safe driving The ABS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely driving on ice and snow and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident When driving on ice or in water snow mud sand or similar hazards e Be cautious and allow extra distance for braking Avoid sudden braking and sudden maneuvering e Do not pump the brakes Continue to press down on the brake pedal Refer to Anti Lock Brake System ABS on page 5 8 e Ifyou get stuck select a lower gear and accelerate slowly Do not spin the front wheels e For more traction in starting on
260. h or the chain manufacturer s recommended limit whichever is lower gt Drive carefully and avoid bumps holes and sharp turns gt Avoid locked wheel braking gt Do not use chains on a temporary spare tire it may result in damage to the vehicle and to the tire gt Do not use chains on roads that are free of snow or ice The tires and chains could be damaged gt Chains may scratch or chip aluminum wheels NOTE If your vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system the system may not function correctly when using tire chains Install the chains on the front tires only Do not use chains on the rear tires Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Installing the chains 1 Remove the wheel covers or the chain bands will scratch them 2 Secure the chains on the front tires as tightly as possible Always follow the chain manufacturer s instructions 3 Retighten the chains after driving 1 2 1 km 1 44 1 2 mile 4 9 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Driving In Flooded Area A WARNING Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected A CAUTION Do not drive the vehicle on flooded roads as i
261. h warns against the use of rear facing child restraint systems on the front passenger seat e za X 2 51 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Supplemental Restraint System Components With front passenger occupant classification system G Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Without front passenger occupant classification system D Driver Front passenger inflators and air bags Crash sensor and diagnostic module SAS unit Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems page 2 24 Front air bag sensor Side crash sensors Air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light page 2 57 Side and curtain inflators and air bags Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light page 2 61 Front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 61 0 Front passenger seat weight sensor control module Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches page 2 65 2 Driver seat slide position sensor page 2 61 NOTE 2 are equipped only on models with the driver and front passenger occupant classification system 2 53 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags How the SRS Air Bags Work Your Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags SRS air bags are designed to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition to the seat
262. he discharged battery is dangerous A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts cooling fans belts is dangerous The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury A CAUTION Use only a 12 V booster system You can damage a 12 V starter ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply two 12 V batteries in series or a 24 V motor generator set Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order p Discharged battery ALA gt Cpe VO Ot 2e K Booster battery CN y Q gt Jumper cables J 7 18 1 Remove the battery cover from its front side A CAUTION gt Do not use a tool which applies excessive force such as a screwdriver or pliers If excessive force is applied to the clips they could be damaged To prevent damaging the battery cover remove install the battery cover using the following procedure Removing battery cover 1 Detach the clip facing the side of the vehicle first and pull it outward with your finger approx 4 mm 0 2 in Then lift the cover slightly to clear the lock In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting 2 Detach the clip facing the vehicle interior first and pull it outward with your finger approx 4 mm 0 2 in Then lift
263. he belt to be used Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous An accident could damage the belt webbing of the seat belt in use A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection in a collision Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt systems in use during an accident before they are used again Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been expended Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision Like the air bags the front seat belt pretensioners and load limiters will only function once and must be replaced after any collision that caused them to deploy A seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt at all however if the front seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced the risk of injury in a collision will increase 2 19 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A CAUTION
264. he engine is left running gt Do not spray water in the engine compartment Otherwise it could result in engine starting problems or damage to electrical parts gt When washing and waxing the vehicle be careful not to apply excessive force to any single area of the vehicle roof or the antenna Otherwise you could dent the vehicle or damage the antenna To help protect the finish from rust and deterioration wash your Mazda thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If the vehicle is washed improperly the paint surface could be scratched Here are some examples of how scratching could occur Scratches occur on the paint surface when e The vehicle is washed without first rinsing off dirt and other foreign matter e The vehicle is washed with a rough dry or dirty cloth e The vehicle is washed at a car wash that uses brushes that are dirty or too stiff e Cleansers or wax containing abrasives are used NOTE Mazda is not responsible for scratches caused by automatic car washes or improper washing e Scratches are more noticeable on vehicles with darker paint finishes To minimize scratches on the vehicle s paint finish e Rinse off any dirt or other foreign matter using lukewarm or cold water before washing e Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water and a soft cloth when washing the vehicle Do not use a nylon cloth e Rub gently when washing or drying the vehicle
265. he front passenger seat it is possible that the warning light will not operate 2 29 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Child Restraint Precautions Mazda strongly urges the use of child restraint systems for children small enough to use them You are required by law to use a child restraint system for children in the U S and Canada Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety of children riding in your vehicle Whatever child restraint system you consider please pick the appropriate one for the age and size of the child obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual child restraint system A child who has outgrown child restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts both lap and shoulder If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face move the child closer to the center of the vehicle Statistics confirm that the rear seats are the best place for all children up to 12 years of age and more so with a supplemental restraint system air bags A rear facing child restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air bag system activated The front passenger s seat is also the least preferred seat for other child restraint systems With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag the front passenger seat weight sensors
266. he ignition is switched ON PASS AIRBAG OFF Small children must be protected by a child restraint system as stipulated by law in every state and province In certain states and provinces larger children must use a child restraint system page 2 30 Carefully consider which child restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the installation directions in this Owner s Manual as well as the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions A WARNING Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous Alone air bags may not prevent serious injuries The appropriate air bags can be expected to inflate only in the first accident such as frontal near frontal side collisions that are at least moderate Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts Children should not ride in the front passenger seat Placing a child 12 years or under in the front seat is dangerous The child could be hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed Even if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible A sleeping child is more likely to lean against the door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate collision to the front passenger side of the vehicle Whenever possible always secure a child 12 years and under on the rear seats with an app
267. he number the wider the tire 65 65 is the aspect ratio This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width R R is the tire construction symbol R indicates Radial ply construction 15 15 is the wheel rim diameter in inches 95 95 is the Load Index This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each tire can support 9 24 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A H H is the speed rating The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of the tire is rated Letter Rating Speed Rating Q 99 mph 106 mph 112 mph 118 mph 124 mph 130 mph 149 mph 168 mph 186 mph lt lt 2 lt l x cfHl u For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR M S or M S Mud and Snow AT All Terrain AS All Season The M S or M S indicates that the tire has some functional use in mud and snow U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT which indicates the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured For example the numbers 457
268. heft lug nut Ce To remove an antitheft lug nut Special key 1 Obtain the special key for the antitheft lug nut 2 Place the special key on top of the antitheft lug nut and be sure to hold the key square to it If you hold the key at an angle you may damage both key and nut Do not use a power impact wrench 3 Place the lug wrench on top of the key and apply pressure Turn the wrench counterclockwise To install the antitheft lug nut 1 Place the special key on top of the nut and be sure to hold the key square to it If you hold the key at an angle you may damage both key and nut Do not use a power impact wrench 2 Place the lug wrench on top of the special key apply pressure and turn it clockwise Nut tightening torque N m kgfm ftlbf 88 118 9 12 65 87 V Mounting the Spare Tire 1 Remove dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel and hub including the hub bolts with a cloth A WARNING Make sure the mounting surfaces of the wheel hub and lug nuts are clean before changing or replacing tires When changing or replacing a tire not removing dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel hub and hub bolts is dangerous The lug nuts could loosen while driving and cause the tire to come off resulting in an accident In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 2 Mount the spare tire 3 Install the lug nuts with the beveled edge in
269. hes when there is a system malfunction 5 30 A WARNING If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident To determine if you have a slow leak or a flat pull over to a safe position where you can check the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a place where air may be added and the system monitored again by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous even if you know why it is illuminated Have the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situation that could lead to tire failure and a dangerous accident Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds When the warning light illuminates and the warning beep sound is heard about 3 seconds tire pressure is too low in one or more tires Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire pressure Refer to the specification charts page 10 6 A CAUTION When replacin
270. hicle loses power or you hear a loud knocking or pinging noise the engine is probably too hot A WARNING es Switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured i a Y Do not remove either cooling system caps when the engine and radiator are hot When the engine and radiator are hot scalding coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause serious injury Open the hood ONLY after steam is no longer escaping from the engine Steam from an overheated engine is dangerous The escaping steam could seriously burn you If the High engine coolant temperature warning light illuminates 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and park off the right of way 7 14 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transaxle in park P a manual transaxle in neutral 3 Apply the parking brake 4 Turn off the air conditioner 5 Check whether coolant or steam is escaping from under the hood or from the engine compartment If steam is coming from the engine compartment Do not go near the front of the vehicle Stop the engine Wait until the steam dissipates then open the hood and start the engine If neither coolant
271. hicle speed is decreased to 10 km h 6 mph or less 5 36 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Sensor detection condition The system can be used when the ignition is switched ON and the Park Assist Sensor Switch has been turned on The system will then operate when the shift lever is placed in reverse R The sensors detect obstructions under the following conditions Sensor Condition Rear Sensor The shift lever is in reverse R Rear Comer Sensor The shift lever is in reverse R and the vehicle speed is about 10 km h 6 mph or less The system is cancelled under the following conditions e The vehicle speed is 10 km h 6 mph or more e The parking sensor switch is pressed while the parking sensor is in operation 5 37 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Vv Parking Sensor Warning Beep Obstruction detection sound The beeper sounds as follows while the system is operating Rear Sensor Distance between vehicle and obstruction Rear Sensor Beeper sound Approx 150 60 cm 59 0 24 0 in Slow intermittent sound Medium intermittent sound Fast intermittent sound Continuous sound The speed of the intermittent sound increases as the vehicle approaches the obstruction 5 38 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Rear Corner Sensor Distance between vehicle and obstruction 1 Beep
272. hicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Canada only Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance Mexico Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions apply Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions Driving with extended use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used Driving on rough or muddy roads Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates Driving in extremely hot conditions e Driving in mountainous conditions continually If any do apply follow Schedule 2 NOTE After the prescribed period continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance V Schedule 1 Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 6 12 1
273. hts while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire Spare Tire and Tool Storage Spare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram Jack lever Lug wrench Tiedown eyelet Jack Spare tire Flat tire belt storage bag Some models 7 3 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire VY Jack To remove the jack 1 Remove the cover 2 Turn the wing bolt and jack screw counterclockwise Jack screw To secure the jack 1 Insert the wing bolt into the jack with the jack screw pointing down and turn the wing bolt clockwise to temporarily tighten it 2 Turn the jack screw in the direction shown in the figure Jack screw 3 Turn the wing bolt completely to secure the jack NOTE If the jack is not completely secured it could rattle while driving Make sure the jack screw is sufficiently tightened Maintenance e Always keep the jack clean e Make sure the moving parts are kept free from dirt or rust e Make sure the screw thread is adequately lubricated Vv Spare Tire The temporary spare tire is lighter and smaller than a conventional tire and is designed only for emergency use and should be used only for VERY short periods Temporary spare tires should NEVER be used for long drives or extended periods A WARNING Do not install the temporary
274. ications Specifications V Engine Item Specification Type DOHC 16V in line 4 cylinder Bore x Stroke 89 0 x 100 mm 3 50 x 3 94 in Displacement 2 488 5 ml 2 488 5 cc Compression ratio 9 7 Electrical System Item Classification Battery 12V 60Ah 20HR or 12V 65Ah 20HR Spark plug number ae Genuine spate LFJD 18 110 or L3Y2 18 110 A CAUTION When cleaning the iridium plugs do not use a wire brush The fine particulate coating on the iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged VY Lubricant Quality Lubricant Classification Engine oil Refer to Recommended Oil on page 8 20 g API Service GL 4 Manual transaxle oil SAE 75W 80 Automatic transaxle fluid Mazda Genuine ATF M V Mazda Genuine ATF M II M V or equivalent e g Dexron II Brake Clutch fluid SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT 3 Power steering fluid NOTE Refer to Introduction on page 8 2 for owner s responsibility in protecting your investment 10 4 Vv Capacities Approximate Quantities Specifications Item Capacity With oil filter replacement 5 0 L 5 3 US qt 4 4 Imp qt Engine oil Without oil filter replacement 4 6 L 4 9 US qt 4 0 Imp qt U S A and Manual transaxle 6 7 L 7 1 US qt 5 9 Imp qt Coolant Canada Automatic transaxle 6 6 L 7 0 US qt 5 8 Imp qt Except U S A and Canada 6 8 L 7 2 US qt 6 0 Imp qt Manual transaxle oil
275. icle 0 0 0 0 4 8 Winter driving 00 0 eeeeceeseseeees 4 8 Index D Dynamic Stability Control DSC 5 25 DSC OFF indicator light 5 26 DSC OFF switch eee 5 26 TCS DSC indicator light 5 26 E Emergency Starting c eeeeeee 7 16 Flooded engine ceeee 7 16 Jump starting eee 7 17 Push starting e cece 7 21 Emergency Towing ccsesereees 7 22 Emission Control System 006 4 3 Engine Coolant s aziciec aes 8 22 Exhaust gas cceceesesseeseeseeeeeeees 4 4 Hood release n os 3 21 Oiliscs Sh ota ee ees 8 20 Overheating ccceeeceeeeteeteees 7 14 Engine Compartment Overview 8 19 Engine Coolant Overheating cceeceeeeteerees 7 14 Event Data Recorder eeee 9 20 Exhaust Gas ennari 4 4 Exterior Care 0 cceceeeesseeseeseeeeeeeees 8 58 F Flasher Hazard warming s s s 5 70 Headlights 0 ceceeeeseeseeteenees 5 59 Plat Vite 23 fish nether as 7 3 Changin a ecisence scien 7 7 Spare tire and tool storage 7 3 Fluids Classification cceceeeeeereee 10 4 Owner maintenance 06 8 16 Fog Lights ccsccesessessestsesseeseenes 5 64 11 3 Index F Foot Brake 20 74a ee 5 5 Front Seats secre treri nenta enh 2 2 Fuel Filler lid and cap uc 3 19 GAUGE sriid ar ratit EELEE 5 42 Requirements cccceseeeeeeees 4 2 Tank capacity sssseeseseesesses
276. id band across the tread Replace the tire when this happens Tread wear indicator x if A amp d 7 l 7 i New tread Worn tread You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire The period in which the tire was manufactured both week and year is indicated by a 4 digit number Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9 23 Vv Temporary Spare Tire Inspect the temporary spare tire at least monthly to make sure it s properly inflated and stored NOTE The temporary spare tire condition gradually deteriorates even if it has not been used 8 39 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance The temporary spare tire is easier to handle because of its construction which is lighter and smaller than a conventional tire This tire should be used only for an emergency and only for a short distance Use the temporary spare tire only until the conventional tire is repaired which should be as soon as possible Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa 4 2 kgf cm or bar 60 psi A CAUTION gt Do not use your temporary spare tire rim with a snow tire o
277. ight E E E F off on BT SETUP NOTE Depending on the type of audio unit the order in which the functions appear differs About 5 seconds after selecting any mode the volume function will be automatically selected To reset bass treble fade and balance press the audio control dial for 2 seconds The unit will beep and CLEAR will be displayed Automatic Level Control ALC The automatic level control ALC is a feature that automatically adjusts audio volume and sound quality according to the vehicle speed The volume increases in accordance with the increase in vehicle speed and decreases as vehicle speed decreases ALC LEWELS S ALC LEVEL6 4 ALC LEVEL Maximum Turn the audio control dial to select ALC OFF or ALC LEVEL1 7 modes The selected mode will be indicated ALC ads ALC LEVEL ALC LEVELS 7 4 AL LEWEL 3 vw 4 ALC LEWEL4 o ALC LEVELS 4 ALC LEVELE ALC LEWEL 6 25 Interior Comfort Audio System BEEP setting The beep sound when operating the audio system can be set on or off BT SETUP mode Music and other audio such as voice data recorded on portable audio devices and mobile phones available on the market which are equipped with the Bluetooth transmission function can be listened to via wireless transmission over the vehicle s speakers Using the BT SETUP mode these devices can be programmed to the Blue
278. ignition is switched ON the engine will not start e Signals from a TV or radio station or from a transceiver or a mobile telephone could interfere with your immobilizer system If you are using the proper key and your engine fails to start check the security indicator light If it is flashing remove the ignition key and wait 2 seconds or more then reinsert it and try starting the engine again If it does not start after 3 or more tries contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer e If the security indicator light flashes continuously while you are driving do not shut off the engine Go to an Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it checked If you shut off the engine while the light is flashing you will not be able to restart it e Since the electronic codes are reset when repairing the immobilizer system the keys are needed Bring all the existing keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y Modification and Add On Equipment Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer system s operation if the system has been modified or if any add on equipment has been installed A CAUTION To avoid damage to your vehicle do not modify the system or install any add on equipment to the immobilizer system or the vehicle Theft Deterrent System If the theft deterrent system detects an inappropriate entry into the vehicle which could result in the vehicle or its contents being stolen the alarm alerts the surrounding area of an abnormality by sounding th
279. imate distance you can travel on the available fuel e The average vehicle speed Switch the ignition ON Press the INFO switch to change the display mode Current fuel economy mode lt gt Vv Average fuel economy mode Vv Distance to empty mode V Average vehicle speed mode If you have any problems with your trip computer consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Current fuel economy mode This mode displays the current fuel economy by calculating the amount of fuel consumption and the distance traveled Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Current fuel economy will be calculated and displayed every 2 seconds When this mode is selected CURRENT will be displayed U S A CURRENT mpg A Di CANADA CURRENT L 100km Taa E E When you ve slowed to about 5 km h 3 mph L 100 km mpg will be displayed Some models 6 97 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Average fuel economy mode This mode displays the average fuel economy by calculating the total fuel consumption and the total traveled distance since purchasing the vehicle re connecting the battery after disconnection or resetting the data The average fuel economy is calculated and displayed every minute When this mode is selected AVG will be displayed U S A AVG mpg at oa E A NE CANADA AVG L 100km a E a Lt To clear the data being displayed press the INFO s
280. in congested traffic high engine exhaust areas or when quick cooling is desired Outside air position indicator light turned off Use this mode for ventilation or windshield defrosting Interior Comfort Climate Control System A WARNING Do not use the lt amp position in cold or rainy weather Using the lt amp position in cold or rainy weather is dangerous as it will cause the windows to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident Windshield defroster switch WwW FRONT Press the switch to defrost the windshield and front door windows NOTE U S A Canada In the WW position the air conditioner is automatically turned on and the outside air mode is automatically selected to defrost the windshield In the W position the outside air mode cannot be changed to the recirculated air mode 6 7 Interior Comfort Climate Control System V Operation of Automatic Air Conditioning 1 Press the AUTO switch Selection of the airflow mode air intake selector and amount of airflow will be automatically controlled 2 Use the temperature control dial to select a desired temperature To turn off the system press the OFF switch NOTE e Setting the temperature to maximum high or low will not provide the desired temperature at a faster rate When selecting heat the system will restrict airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold air from blowing out
281. in period of time If this occurs repeat the entire process from Step 1 V Making a Call Using a Telephone Number NOTE Practice this while parked until you are confident you can do it while driving in a non taxing road situation If you are not completely comfortable make all calls from a safe parking position and move out only when fully under control and you can devote your eyes and mind to driving 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Dial 3 Prompt Number please 4 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Telephone number Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 5 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Telephone number After the beep continue to add numbers or say Go Back to re enter the last entered numbers or press the Pick Up button to execute dialing 6 Dialing Press the pick up button or say Dial then go to Step 7 Adding inputting telephone number Say XXXX desired telephone number then go to Step 5 Telephone number correction Say Go Back The prompt replies Go Back The last entered numbers have been removed Then go back to Step 3 7 Prompt Dialing NOTE The Dial command and a telephone number can be combined Ex In Step 2 say Dial 123 4567 then Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped 6 77 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free V Receiving an Incoming Call 1 Prompt Incoming call
282. in the BT SETUP mode Refer to Bluetooth audio device set up for details Press the audio control dial to determine the mode The name ot the currently linked Bluetooth audio device is displayed If no Bluetooth audio device is currently linked the name of the first device among the programmed devices is displayed Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio 4 Turn the audio control dial to select the name of the device you would like to link Device name 1 WV 4 Device name 2 Device name 3 WV 4 Device name 4 v4 a EN O Benice name 5 A v4 Device name 7 v4 GO BACK Jc 5 Press the audio control dial to select the device you would like to link The symbol disappears and PAIRING flashes in the display NOTE When GO BACK is selected and the audio control dial is pressed the display returns to LINK CHANGE 6 If the link to the desired device is successful the 4 symbol is displayed again together with LINK CHANGED LINK CHANGED is displayed for three seconds then it returns to the normal display 6 65 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio NOTE Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the A symbol is displayed e Ifa hands free type mobile phone has been the most recently programmed device the Blu
283. ing 9 19 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Event Data Recorder Event Data Recorder U S A and Canada This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash or near crash like situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required
284. ing Personalization Features are available These settings can only be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Item Key reminder warning alarm Lights on reminder warning alarm Feature The volume of the key reminder warning alarm can be changed The volume of the lights on reminder warning alarm can be changed Factory Setting High High Available Settings Low Low Deactivated Turn indicator The beep volume level can be changed The time required for the interior lamp to turn off automatically after all the doors are closed can be changed High 15 seconds Low Deactivated 7 5 30 60 seconds The time required for the interior lamp to illuminate after unlocking any door can be changed 30 seconds 7 5 15 60 seconds Illumination entry The function that allows the interior lamp to illuminate automatically when the doors are unlocked can be changed Activated Deactivated The function allowing the interior lamp to turn off automatically when any door is opened or not securely closed can be changed Activated Deactivated The time required for the interior lamp to turn off automatically can be changed prevents battery depletion when a door is open ajar 30 minutes 10 60 minutes The unlocking method using the retractable key can be changed Press x 2 Press x 1 The time required for the doors to relock automatically after unlocking with the transmitt
285. ing Sensor System 00 5 34 Park assist sensor switch 5 36 Parking sensor warning beep 5 38 Sensor detection range 5 36 Personalization Features 0 10 8 Power Door Locks escesereeeees 3 11 Power Steering cecceeseeseseeteeees 5 20 Fl id cytes 8 24 Power steering malfunction indicator UGH se E E EEE E E 5 20 Power Windows ssec 3 16 Push Starting ccesecseeseeseeseeeeeees 7 21 R Rear Coat Hooks eeeeeeseesreeees 6 108 Rear Door Child Safety Locks 3 13 Rear Window Defogger 05 5 69 Rear Window Washer s 00 5 68 Rear Window Wiper cceceee 5 68 Rearview MUtror cecceeseeseeteeeees 3 33 Recreational Towing eseeee 7 25 Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign COUN neern 9 17 Rocking the Vehicle eeeee 4 8 S Safety Defects Reporting 9 42 11 5 Index S Seat Belt System 3 point type oo eeeeeeeseeteeteeteeee 2 22 Automatic locking e 2 21 Emergency locking 2 20 Extender S seriei terniat 2 27 Pregnant Women sesse 2 20 Pretensioner and load limiting 2 24 Seat belt precautions 1 0 0 2 18 Seat belt reminder eee 2 29 Warning light ooeec 2 28 Seats Front Seat siota teia 2 2 Head restraint eee eeeeeeseeeee 2 14 Seat arrangements 2 00 eee 2 12 Seat Warmer sses 2 16 Second row s
286. ing at high speeds causes sudden engine braking which is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident NOTE e When driving at high speeds the gear may not shift down During deceleration the gear may automatically shift down depending on vehicle speed When depressing the accelerator fully the transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed Second gear fixed mode When the selector lever is moved back while the vehicle speed is about 10 km h 6 mph or less the transaxle is set in the second gear fixed mode The gear is fixed in second while in this mode for easier acceleration from a stop and driving on slippery roads such as snow covered roads If the selector lever is moved back or forward while in the second gear fixed mode the mode will be canceled Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 5 17 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Shift gear shifting speed limit For each gear position while in the manual mode the speed limit is set as follows When the selector lever is operated within the range of the speed limit the gear is shifted 0 km h 0 mph 100 km h 60 mph ist gt Shift up The gear does not shift up while the vehicle speed is lower than the speed limit Shift down The gear does not shift down while the vehicle speed exceeds the speed
287. ing to the tire temperature therefore let the vehicle stand for I hour or only drive it 1 6 km 1 mile or less before adjusting the tire pressures When pressure is adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation pressure the TPMS warning light beep may turn on after the tires cool and pressure drops below specification Also an illuminated TPMS warning light resulting from the tire air pressure dropping due to cold ambient temperature may turn off if the ambient temperature rises In this case it will also be necessary to adjust the tire air pressures If the TPMS warning light illuminates due to a drop in tire air pressure make sure to check and adjust the tire air pressures After adjusting the tire air pressures it may require some time for the TPMS warning light to turn off If the TPMS warning light remains illuminated drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and then verify that it turns off e Tires lose air naturally over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too soft over time or you have a flat However when you find one low tire in a set of four that is an indication of trouble you should have someone drive the vehicle slowly forward so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and any metal objects sticking through tread or sidewall Put a few drops of water in the valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a bad valve Leaks need to be addressed by more than simply re
288. insert needles or pins into it This could cause the seat to become excessively heated and result in injury from a minor burn A CAUTION Do not use organic solvents to clean the seat It may damage the seat surface and the heater 2 17 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Seat Belt Precautions Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden stops Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts Your vehicle has the following types of seat belts With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System model Seating Position Types of seat belt Driver side 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor Front seat Passenger side 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor automatic locking mode retractor Second row seat Third row seat Except above Seating Position Types of seat belt Driver side Front seat 3 point type seat belt with emergency looking mode retractor Passenger side Second row seat 3 point type seat belt with emergency looking mode Third row seat retractor automatic locking mode retractor 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor This belt has retractors with an inertia lock that keep the belt retracted when not in use The lock allows the belt to remain comfortable on the user but it will lock in position during a
289. ion Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks When the liftgate cannot be opened If the vehicle battery is dead or there is a malfunction in the electrical system and the liftgate cannot be unlocked perform the following procedure as an emergency measure to unlock it 1 Remove the cap on the interior surface of the liftgate with a flathead screwdriver Cover 7 2 Turn the lever to the right to unlock the liftgate After performing this emergency measure have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 3 15 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Closing the liftgate To close lower the liftgate slowly using the liftgate grip recess and then push the liftgate closed using both hands Do not slam it Pull up on the liftgate to make sure it is secure Liftgate grip recess 3 16 Power Windows The ignition must be switched ON for the power windows to operate A WARNING Make sure the opening is clear before closing a window Closing power windows are dangerous A person s hands head or even neck could be caught by the window and result in serious injury or even death This warning applies especially to children Never allow children to play with power window switches Power window switches that are not locked with the power window lock switch would allow children to operate power windows unintentionally which could result in serious in
290. ire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall Y Information on Passenger Vehicle Tires Please refer to the sample below 1 TIN U S DOT tire identification number 2 Passenger car tire 3 Nominal width of tire in millimeters 4 Ratio of height to width aspect ratio 5 Radial 6 Run flat tire 7 Rim diameter code 8 Load index amp speed symbol 9 Severe snow conditions 10 Tire ply composition and materials used 9 23 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A 11 Max load rating 12 Tread wear traction and temperature grades 13 Max permissible inflation pressure 14 SAFETY WARNING P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load index rating Note that the tire size and load index rating may be different from the example P Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA NOTE If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or JATMA Japan Tire Manufacturing Association 215 215 is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters This three digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger t
291. is code on your Bluetooth device when prompted on the device See device manual for instructions 9 Using the device perform a search for the Bluetooth device Peripheral device NOTE For the operation of the device refer to its instruction manual 10 Select Mazda from the device list searched by the device 11 Input the 4 digit pairing code to the device 12 Prompt Please say the name of the device after the beep 13 Say Beep XXXX Speak a device tag an arbitrary name for the device Example Stan s device NOTE Speak a programmed device tag within 10 seconds If more than two devices are to be programmed they cannot be programmed with the same or similar device tag 14 Prompt XXXXXxX Ex Stan s device Device tag Is this correct 15 Say Beep Yes 16 Prompt Pairing complete After a device is registered the system automatically identifies the device By activating Bluetooth Hands Free again or by activating Bluetooth Hands Free first after switching the ignition from OFF to ACC the system reads out a voice guidance XXXXXX Ex Stan s device Device tag is connected NOTE e Device registration can also be done by operating the audio unit Refer to Bluetooth Audio Preparation on page 6 62 e Depending on the device the registration status may be lost after a certa
292. is indicates that the power steering is restored and normal steering is possible If the light remains illuminated the power steering is still inoperable Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE The power steering system is inoperable when the power steering malfunction indicator light illuminates Steering is possible but requires more physical effort Repeatedly jerking the steering wheel left and right while the vehicle is stopped or moving at slow speeds will cause the power steering system to go into protective mode which will make the steering feel heavy but this does not indicate a malfunction If this occurs park the vehicle safely and wait a few minutes for the system to return to normal YV Turn Signal Hazard Warning Indicator Lights a When operating the turn signal lights the left or right turn signal indicator light flashes to indicate which turn signal light is operating page 5 63 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds When operating the hazard warning lights both turn signal indicator lights flash page 5 70 NOTE If an indicator light remains illuminated does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out Beep Sounds V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep If a malfunction is detected in the air bag front seat belt pretensioner systems and the warning light a warning beep sound will be hea
293. is properly secured in place according to the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions When not in use remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child restraint systems and the corresponding tether anchor Always secure a child in a proper child restraint system Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous No matter how strong the person may be he or she cannot hold onto a child in a sudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Even in a moderate accident the child may be exposed to air bag forces that could result in serious injury or death to the child or the child may be slammed into an adult causing injury to both child and adult Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates The child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an airbag in front of it 2 31 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restrain
294. it using the control panel of the vehicle s audio system In this case the Bluetooth audio device can be operated by controlling the device itself the same as when a portable audio system without the Bluetooth communication function is connected to the AUX terminal i A2DP AVRCP Function A2DP Ver 1 0 Ver 1 3 Playback No Yes Yes Pause No Yes Yes File Track No Yes Yes up down Reverse No No Yes Fast forward No No Yes Text display No No Yes Yes Available No Not available Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio NOTE The system may not operate normally depending on the Bluetooth audio device To make sure that your Bluetooth audio device is Ver 1 0 or 1 3 refer to the Owner s Manual for the Bluetooth audio device e It may not be possible to play a Bluetooth audio device if it is placed anywhere transmission is compromised such as inside a metal container or the trunk Move the Bluetooth audio device to a location where transmission is possible Battery consumption of Bluetooth audio devices is higher while Bluetooth connected Ifa non Bluetooth device is to be used a commercially available Bluetooth adapter is required When playing an audio device with a Bluetooth adapter installed programming of the audio device may not be possible or audio may not be heard from the vehicle speakers if the connection of the adapter and the device i
295. itch at the desired speed otherwise the speed will continue increasing while the switch is pressed up and continue decreasing while it is pressed down except when the accelerator pedal is depressed Ona steep grade the vehicle may momentarily slow down while ascending or speed up while descending e Cruise control will turn off if the vehicle speed decreases below about 23 km h 14 mph when cruise is activated such as when climbing a steep grade Cruise control 5 22 V To Increase Cruising Speed Follow either of these procedures To increase speed using cruise control switch Press up the cruise control SET switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the switch at the speed you want Your vehicle has a tap up feature that allows you to increase your current speed in increments of 1 6 km h 1 mph by a momentary tap of the cruise control SET switch Multiple taps will increase your vehicle speed 1 6 km h 1 mph for each tap To increase speed using accelerator pedal Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate to the desired speed Press down or press up on the cruise control SET SET switch and release it immediately NOTE Accelerate if you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on Greater speed will not interfere with or change the set speed Take your foot off the accelerator to return to the set speed YW To Decrease Cruising Speed Press
296. itch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured Do not leave items in the engine compartment After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment do not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a fire leading to an unexpected accident 8 18 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Engine Compartment Overview Automatic transaxle fluid level dipstick Only for automatic transaxle Engine oil filler cap Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil dipstick Battery Brake Clutch fluid reservoir WN Cooling system cap ie Power steering fluid reservoir Windscreen washer fluid reservoir N Fuse block 8 19 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Engine Oil NOTE Changing the engine oil should be performed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Refer to Introduction page 8 2 for owner s responsibility in protecting your investment Y Recommended Oil U S A and CANADA Use SAE 0W 20 engine oil Mazda Genuine Oil is used in your M
297. ith consistent sound quality it is recommended to use discs that have been recorded at a bit rate of 128 kbps or more Interior Comfort Audio System e Ifa disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 files playback of the two file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Packet written discs cannot be played on this unit This unit does not play CDs recorded using MP3i MP3 interactive MP3 PRO and RIFF MP3 formats About folders and files e The arrangement and playing order of a recorded disc containing MP3 files is as follows e 7 Folder JJ Track File Folder No SE ead i _ n n7 O roe n L yo 34 nO no z aan 7 _ I b po nD 6 io np 7 1i Ero JOO Lefell 4 eae Ap evel2 Level4 Playback may not occur in the above hierarchy depending on the audio unit e The folder order is automatically assigned and this order cannot be optionally set e Any folder without an MP3 file will be ignored It will be skipped and the folder number will not be displayed 6 17 Interior Comfort Audio System e MP3 files not conforming to the MP3 format containing both header frames and data frames will be skipped and not played This unit will play MP3 files that have up to eight levels However the more levels a disc has the longer it will take to initially start playing It is recommended to record discs with two l
298. jack with the plug connected NOTE This mode may not be usable depending on the portable audio device to be connected Before using the auxiliary jack USB port refer to the instruction manual for the portable audio device e Use acommercially available non impedance 3 5 stereo mini plug for connecting the portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack Before using the auxiliary jack read the manufacturer s instructions for connecting a portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the auxiliary input for long periods with the engine off or idling e When connecting a device to the auxiliary Jack or USB port noise may occur depending on the connected device If the device is connected to the vehicle s accessory socket the noise can be reduced by unplugging it from the accessory socket Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack USB port securely Insert or pull out the plug with the plug perpendicular to the auxiliary jack USB port hole e Insert or remove the plug by holding its base Interior Comfort Audio System V How to use AUX mode Audio Unit Audio Control Switches USB AUX 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON 2 Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on 3 Press the source change button Aix of the audio unit or the mode switch MODE of the audio control switches on the steering
299. jury if a child s hands head or neck becomes caught by the window A CAUTION To prevent burning out the fuse and damaging the power window system do not open or close more than three windows at once YV Operating the Driver s Side Power Window Normal opening closing To open the window to the desired position lightly hold down the switch To close the window to the desired position lightly pull up the switch Master control switches Close ee Driver s window Auto opening closing To fully open the window automatically press the switch completely down then release The window will fully open automatically To fully close the window automatically pull the switch completely up then release The window will fully close automatically To stop the window partway pull or press the switch in the opposite direction and then release it Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Power window system initialization procedure If the battery was disconnected during vehicle maintenance or for other reasons such as a switch continues to be operated after the window is fully open closed the window will not fully open and close automatically Carry out the following procedure to resume operation j Switch the ignition ON 2 Press the switch and fully open the window 3 Pull up the switch to fully close the window and continue holding the switch for about 2 seconds after the window fully closes
300. k button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 6 79 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep Import contact 5 Prompt The hands free System is ready to receive a contact from a phone Only a home a work and a mobile number can be imported This process requires operation of a mobile phone Refer to the phone s manual for more information 6 Device Mobile phone operation Select one entry from the phonebook and send it using Bluetooth 7 Prompt X Number of locations which include data numbers have been imported What name would you like to use for these numbers 8 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say a voice tag for the name registered 9 Prompt Adding XXXXxX Ex Mary s phone Voice tag Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Number saved Would you like to import another contact 12 Say Beep Yes or No 13 If Yes the procedure proceeds to Step 5 If No the system returns to standby status Making calls using the phonebook Telephone calls can be made by saying the name of a person voice tag whose phone number has been registered in Bluetooth Hands Free in advance 6 80 For the phonebook setting method refer to page 6 83 1
301. ld operate normally If they do not resume functioning consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Wait until the weather clears before trying to drive with the wipers inoperative VY Windshield Wipers Turn the wipers on by pressing the lever up or down With INT position e 4 6 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Switch Position N Type Type Wiper operation A B AN MIST Single wipe cycle mist INT Intermittent LO Low speed HI High speed Switch Position Wiper operation MIST Single wipe cycle mist AUTO Auto control LO Low speed Olele HI High speed 5 65 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Variable speed intermittent wipers Set the lever to the intermittent position and choose the interval timing by rotating the ring SLOW INT ring AUTO Auto wiper control When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position the rain sensor senses the amount of rainfall on the windshield and turns the wipers on or off automatically off intermittent low speed high speed 5 66 The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be adjusted by turning the switch on the wiper lever From the center position normal rotate the switch downward for higher sensitivity faster response or rotate it upward for less sensitivity
302. le extension for files other than AAC files Otherwise it could result in noise or a malfunction AAC files written under specifications other than the indicated specification may not play normally or files or folder names may not display correctly The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system version software or settings In this case add the file extension aac or m4a to the end of the file name and then write it to the memory Vv Operating Tips for iPod This unit supports playback of music files recorded to an iPod e iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries 6 21 Interior Comfort Audio System iPod classic is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries iPod nano is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries iPod touch is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries iPhone is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Connectable iPods are as follows e iPod 5G iPod classic iPod nano 1 2 3 4 5 6G iPod touch iPhone 3G 3GS 4 1 Only iPod functions 6 22 A CAUTION gt Remove the iPod when it is not in use Because the iPod is not designed to withstand excessive changes in temperature inside the cabin it could be damaged or the battery may deteriorate due to the ex
303. le may require modifications at personal expense in order to meet the regulations In addition you should be aware of the following issues Satisfactory vehicle servicing may be difficult or impossible in another country The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable Parts servicing techniques and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your vehicle The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries 9 17 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Add On Non Genuine Parts and Accessories Non genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores These may fit your vehicle but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda vehicles When you install non genuine parts or accessories they could affect your vehicle s performance or safety systems the Mazda warranty doesn t cover this Before you install any non genuine parts or accessories consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A WARNING Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non genuine parts or accessories Installation of non genuine parts or accessories is dangerous Improperly designed parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle s performance or safety systems This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of injuries in an accident Be very careful in choo
304. le to achieve high rpm when the TCS is on Y DSC OFF Indicator Light ee OFF This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON It also illuminates when the DSC OFF switch is pressed and TCS DSC is switched off page 5 26 If the light stays on when the TCS DSC is not switched off take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer The dynamic stability control may have a malfunction VY Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green CRUISE The indicator light has two colors Some models 5 55 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber The indicator light illuminates amber when the ON switch is pressed and the cruise control system is activated Cruise Set Indicator Light Green The indicator light illuminates green when a cruising speed has been set Lights On Indicator Light z002 This indicator light illuminates when the exterior lights and dashboard illumination are on V Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light Hl This indicator light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and turns off when the engine is started 5 56 If the light remains illuminated after the engine is started or illuminates while driving turn off the engine after parking in a safe place and then start the engine again If the light does not illuminate after restarting the engine th
305. lide it toward the back ge ff ae er eee Door lock knob To lock a sliding door with the door lock knob from the outside slide the door lock knob toward the front to the lock position and close the door pulling the door handle is not required Power Door Locks Vehicle lock out prevention The vehicle lock out prevention feature prevents you from locking yourself out of the vehicle With the key in the ignition switch all doors and the liftgate will automatically unlock if they are locked using the power door locks with any door or the liftgate open Locking unlocking with key All doors and the liftgate lock automatically when the driver s door is locked with the key All doors and the liftgate unlock when the driver s door is unlocked and the key is held in the unlock position for one second or longer NOTE Holding the key in the unlocked position in the driver s door lock for about a second unlocks all doors and the liftgate To unlock only the driver s door insert the key into the driver s door lock and turn the key briefly to the unlock position and then immediately return it to the center position The system can be set to unlock all doors by performing a single operation Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Locking unlocking with door lock switch All doors and the liftgate lock automatically when LO
306. m and replace it with your spare tire If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest vehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected 9 34 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Vehicle Loading A WARNING Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle damage This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s Safety Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label A WARNING Overloaded Vehicle Overloading a vehicle is dangerous The results of overloading can have serious consequences in terms of passenger safety Too much weight on a vehicle s suspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure brake failure handling or steering problems irregular tire wear tire failure or other damage Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control It also increases the distance required for stopping In cases of serious overloading brakes can fail completely particularly on steep gra
307. maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 8 15 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Owner Maintenance Schedule The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service technician as soon as possible Y When Refueling e Brake and clutch fluid level page 8 24 e Engine coolant level page 8 22 e Engine oil level page 8 21 e Washer fluid level page 8 26 Vv At Least Monthly Tire inflation pressures page 8 37 V At Least Twice a Year For Example Every Spring and Fall e Automatic transaxle fluid level page 8 25 e Power steering fluid level page 8 24 You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual e Engine coolant page 8 22 e Engine oil page 8 20 8 16 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Owner Maintenance Precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for items that are easy to perform As explained in the Introduction page 8 2 several procedures can be done only by a qualified service technician with special tools Improper owner maintenance during the warranty peri
308. manual tuning dial for this function Scan tuning Press the scan button SCAN to automatically sample stations Scanning stops at each station for about five seconds To hold a station press the scan button SCAN again during this interval NOTE e Unsubscribed channels invalid channels parental lock channels and channel 0 are not subject to the scan therefore these channels will be skipped automatically e You can scan all channels while all categories are selected If you are ina selected category you can only scan the channels in that category Channel number channel name category artist song titles and info display Each time the text button TEXT is pressed during SIRIUS reception the display of the text data is changed over in the order shown below ai number gt Channel name Info Category 1 name Song title lt Artist name l Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE Eight characters are displayed on one screen To display the rest of the characters of a long title press the scroll button SCRL The display scrolls the next eight characters Press the scroll button SCRL again after the last eight characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Channel number display e When the text button TEXT is pressed while in info display mode the mode changes to the channel number display mode Channel name display e When the text button
309. means the 45st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002 The other numbers are marketing codes used at the manufacturer s discretion This information is used to contact consumers if a tire defect requires a recall Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire In general the greater the number of plies the more weight a tire can support Tire manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials which include steel nylon polyester and other Maximum Load Rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under normal driving conditions 9 25 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Tread Wear Traction and Temperature Grades Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured un
310. mmands to the system is not adequate this function can largely improve the system s voice recognition of the user If your voice can be recognized sufficiently without using this function you may not realize the added benefit of the function To register your voice the voice input command list must be read out Read out the list when the vehicle is parked Perform the registration in as quiet a place as possible page 6 72 The registration must be performed completely The required time is a few minutes The user needs to be seated in the driver s seat with the voice input command list for voice recognition learning open to the page indicated below When voice recognition learning is done for the first time 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Voice training 3 Prompt This operation must be performed in a quiet environment while the vehicle is stopped See the owner s manual for the list of required training phrases Press and release the talk button when you are ready to begin Press the hangup button to cancel at any time 4 Press the talk button with a short press 6 89 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 5 The voice guidance reads out the voice input command number refer to the voice input command list for voice recognition learning Ex Please read phrase 1 6 Say Beep 0123456789 Say the voice input command for voice recogniti
311. mon gasoline blend that can be used with your vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10 Gasoline containing alcohol such as ethanol or methanol may be marketed under the name Gasohol Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not be covered by the Mazda warranty e Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol e Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol e Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol 4 2 Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Emission Control System Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system the catalytic converter is part of this system that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions requirements A WARNING Never park over or near anything flammable Parking over or near anything flammable such as dry grass is dangerous Even with the engine turned off the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and could ignite anything flammable A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death A CAUTION Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst inside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot Either condition will damage the converter and cause poor performance gt USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL gt Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction gt Do not coast with the ignition switched off gt Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ig
312. n control dial The fan has seven speeds The selected speed will be displayed 6 6 Mode selector switch The desired airflow mode can be selected page 6 4 NOTE With the airflow mode set to lt 4 position and the temperature control dial set at a medium temperature heated air is directed to the feet and a comparably lower air temperature will flow through the central left and right vents e To set the air vent to W press the windshield defroster switch e U S A Canada In the or YY position the air conditioner is automatically turned on and the outside air mode is automatically selected to defrost the windshield In the 4 or W position the outside air mode cannot be changed to the recirculated air mode A C switch Pressing the A C switch while the AUTO switch is turned on will turn off the air conditioning cooling dehumidifying functions The air conditioning can be turned on and off by pressing the A C switch while the fan control dial is on NOTE The air conditioning operates when the A C switch is pressed even if the fan is off The air conditioner may not function when the outside temperature approaches 0 C 32 F Air intake selector Ome Outside or recirculated air positions can be selected Press the switch to select outside recirculated air positions Recirculated air position indicator light illuminated Use this position when going through tunnels driving
313. n normal to stop the vehicle Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Malfunction Warning Light When the ignition is switched ON the malfunction warning light illuminates and then turns off after a few seconds The light stays on if the brake switch has a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the malfunction warning light illuminated Driving with the malfunction warning light illuminated is dangerous because the brake lights and engine control system may not operate normally due to a brake switch malfunction which could lead to an accident Have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Vv ABS Warning Light es The warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the ABS warning light stays on while you re driving the ABS control unit has detected a system malfunction If this occurs your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle had no ABS Should this happen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible NOTE e When the engine is jump started to charge the battery uneven rpm occurs and the ABS warning light may illuminate If this occurs it is the result of the weak battery and does not indicate an ABS malfunction Recharge the battery The brake assist system does not operate while the ABS warning light is illuminated Electronic Brake Force Distributi
314. nable it 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Please say a 4 digit passcode Remember this passcode It will be required to use this system 8 Say Beep XXXX Say a desired 4 digit passcode PCode 6 88 9 Prompt Passcode XX XX Passcode PCode Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Passcode is enabled Using Bluetooth Hands Free with a passcode 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Prompt Hands Free system is locked State the passcode to continue 3 Say Beep XX XX Say the set passcode PCode 4 If the correct passcode is input voice guidance XXXXXX Ex Mary s device Device tag is connected is announced If the passcode is incorrect voice guidance XXXX 4 digit passcode Pcode incorrect passcode please try again is announced Canceling the passcode NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Passcode 5 Prompt Passcode is enabled Would you like to disable it 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt
315. nctions Parking brake warning Warning light inspection The light illuminates when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switched to START or ON It turns off when the parking brake is fully released Low brake fluid level warning If the brake warning light remains illuminated even though the parking brake is released the brake fluid may be low or there could be a problem with the brake system Park the vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer A WARNING Do not drive with the brake system warning light illuminated Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous It indicates that your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time If this light remains illuminated after checking that the parking brake is fully released have the brakes inspected immediately Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A CAUTION In addition the effectiveness of the braking may diminish so you may need to depress the brake pedal more strongly than normal to stop the vehicle V Anti Lock Brake System ABS The ABS control unit continuously monitors the speed of each wheel If one wheel is about to lock up the ABS responds by automatically releasing and reapplying that wheel s brake The driver will feel a slight vibration in the brake pedal and may hear
316. nd Driving 5 11 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Automatic Transaxle Controls JO 4B 52 eZ Various Lockouts gt Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift The ignition must be switched to ACC or ON gt Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position NOTE The Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transaxle giving the driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to shift gears Even if you intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional automatic you should also be aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be retained as the vehicle speed increases If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the engine racing confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode page 5 15 5 12 VY Transaxle Ranges The shift lever must be in P or N to operate the starter P Park P locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating A WARNING Always set the shift lever to P and set the parking brake Only setting the shift lever to the P position without using the parking brake to hold the vehicle is dangerous If P fails to hold the vehicle could move and cause an accident A CAUTION gt Shifting into P N or R while the vehicle is moving can damage your transaxle gt Shi
317. ne Registered voice tag XXXX Ex Home Registered location Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 11 Prompt The current number is XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Currently registered number New number please NOTE If there was no previous phone number registered to a location Ex Work the prompt will only read out Number please 12 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXKX Ex 555 5678 Say the new phone number to be registered 13 Prompt XXXXXXXX Telephone number After the beep continue to add numbers or say Go Back to re enter the last entered numbers or press the Pick Up button to save the number 14 Number Change Press the pick up button then go to Step 15 Adding inputting telephone number Say XXXX desired telephone number then go to Step 13 Telephone number correction Say Go Back The prompt replies Go Back The last entered numbers have been removed Number please Then go back to Step 12 15 Prompt Number changed Phonebook data deletion Erasing individual phonebook data Individual data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook can be cleared NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 6 83 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free
318. ne by operating the panel button page 6 62 Registered device Mobile phone deletion Registered devices Mobile phone can be deleted individually or collectively NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Select one of the following Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code NOTE A registered device Mobile phone can be deleted using the registration list Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 6 Say Beep Delete 7 Prompt Please say the name of the device you would like to delete Available devices are XXXXX Ex device A XXXXX Ex device B XXXXX Ex device C or all Which device please 8 Say Beep XXXXX Ex device B NOTE Say All to delete all devices Mobile phone 9 Prompt Deleting XXXXX Ex device B Registered device tag Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Deleted Registered device editing 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Sel
319. neral service transactions are most effectively resolved by your dealer If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal dealership procedures we recommend that you take the following steps VSTEP 1 Contact the Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management If the Service Manager has already reviewed your concerns contact the owner of the dealership or its General Manager V STEP 2 Contact the Mazda Regional Office If you feel that you still require assistance ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative If more expedient contact Mazda Canada Inc Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements Regional Office address and phone numbers are shown page 9 9 V STEP 3 Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department If still not substantially satisfied contact the Customer Relations Department Mazda Canada Inc 55 Vogell Road Richmond Hill Ontario L4B 3K5 Canada TEL 1 800 263 4680 Provide the Department with the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number VIN Refer to the Vehicle Identification Labels page of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN 4 Purchase date 5 Present odometer reading 6 Your dealer s name and location 7 The nature of your problem and or cause of dissatisfaction The Department
320. ng Key extend retract method Retractable type key To extend the key press the release button To retract the key rotate it into the holder while pressing the release button Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Keyless Entry System This system remotely locks and unlocks the doors and the liftgate It can also help you signal for attention Press the buttons slowly and carefully A CAUTION To avoid damage to the transmitter do not gt Drop the transmitter gt Get the transmitter wet gt Disassemble the transmitter gt Expose the transmitter to any kind of magnetic field gt Expose the transmitter to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight NOTE The keyless entry system is designed to operate up to about 2 5 m 8 ft from the center of the vehicle but this may vary due to local conditions The system does not operate when the key is in the ignition switch e If the transmitter does not operate when pressing a button or the operation range becomes too small the battery may be dead To install a new battery refer to Maintenance page 3 7 e Additional transmitters can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Up to 3 transmitters can be used with the keyless entry system per vehicle Bring all transmitters to an Authorized Mazda Dealer when additional transmitters are required 3 3 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Y
321. ng Driving the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding is dangerous In a collision the air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible Seat Belt Extender If your seat belt is not long enough even when fully extended a seat belt extender may be available to you at no charge from your Authorized Mazda Dealer This extender will be only for you and for the particular vehicle and seat Even if it plugs into other seat belts it may not hold in the critical moment of a crash When ordering an extender only order one that provides the necessary additional length to fasten the seat belt properly Please contact your Authorized Mazda Dealer for more information AWARNING Do not use a seat belt extender unless it is necessary Using a seat belt extender when not necessary is dangerous The seat belt will be too long and not fit properly In an accident the seat belt will not provide adequate protection and you could be seriously injured Only use the extender when it is required to fasten the seat belt properly Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Do not use an improper extender Using a seat belt extender that is for another person or a different vehicle or seat is dangerous The seat belt will not provide ade
322. ng the spare NOTE Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure 8 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 9 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts bulges cracks or other irregularities NOTE Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures Don t release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure Under inflation can cause serious failures and accidents Over inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards 9 30 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A VY Glossary of Terms Tire Placard A label indicating the OE tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Inflation Pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire kPa Kilopascal the metric unit for air pressure psi Pounds per square inch the English unit for air pressure B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door Original Equipment OE Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle Vehicle Load Limit The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and cargo Bead Area of the Tir
323. nition is switched ON and turns off when the engine is started This warning light indicates low engine oil pressure CAUTION Do not run the engine if the oil pressure is low Otherwise it could result in extensive engine damage If the light illuminates while driving 1 Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way on level ground 2 Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 3 Inspect the engine oil level page 8 21 If it s low add the appropriate amount of engine oil while being careful not to overfill CAUTION Do not run the engine if the oil level is low Otherwise it could result in extensive engine damage 4 Start the engine and check the warning light Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds If the light remains illuminated even though the oil level is normal or after adding oil stop the engine immediately and have your vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Check Engine Light ir This indicator light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and turns off when the engine is started If this light illuminates while driving the vehicle may have a problem It is important to note the driving conditions when the light illuminated and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The check engine light may illuminate in the following cases e The fuel tank level being very low or approaching empty e
324. nition switch e The ignition is switched ON To rearm the system do the arming procedure again When the doors are locked by pressing the lock button on the transmitter or using the key while the theft deterrent system is armed the hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed The method for setting the theft deterrent system can be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 VY To Turn off an Armed System An armed system can be turned off by any one of the following methods e Unlock the driver s door with the key e Press the unlock button on the keyless entry system transmitter e Insert the key into the ignition switch and switch the ignition ON 3 30 The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off NOTE When the doors are unlocked by pressing the unlock button on the transmitter or using the key while the theft deterrent system is turned off the hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off V To Stop an Alarm A triggered alarm can be turned off by any one of the following methods e Unlock the driver s door with the key e Press the unlock button on the keyless entry system transmitter e The engine is started with the ignition key NOTE If you have any problem with the theft deterrent system consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y Modification and Add On Equipment
325. nition switched off gt Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 5 minutes gt Do not tamper with the emission control system All inspections and adjustments must be made by a qualified technician gt Do not push start or pull start your vehicle NOTE Under U S federal law any modification to the original equipment emission control system before the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties In some states such modification made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties NOTE While the engine is off the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard at the middle rear of the vehicle however this does not indicate an abnormality Your vehicle has a self checking device and it operates while the engine is off 4 3 Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Engine Exhaust Carbon Monoxide A WARNING Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle Engine exhaust gas is dangerous This gas contains carbon monoxide CO which is colorless odorless and poisonous When inhaled it can cause loss of consciousness and death If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle keep all windows fully open and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area Running the engine inside an enclosed area such as a garage is dangerous Exhaust gas which contains poisonous carbon monoxide could easily e
326. nor steam is Open the hood and idle the engine until it cools A CAUTION If the cooling fan does not operate while the engine is running the engine temperature will increase Stop the engine and call an Authorized Mazda Dealer 6 Make sure the cooling fan is operating then turn off the engine after the temperature has decreased 7 When cool check the coolant reservoir level If it s low look for coolant leaks from the radiator and hoses If you find a leak or other damage or if coolant is still leaking Stop the engine and call an Authorized Mazda Dealer Coolant reservoir T x If you find no problems the engine is cool and no leaks are obvious Carefully add coolant as required page 8 22 CAUTION If the engine continues to overheat or frequently overheats have the cooling system inspected The engine could be seriously damaged unless repairs are made Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer In Case of an Emergency Overheating 7 15 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting Starting a Flooded Engine If the engine fails to start it may be flooded excessive fuel in the engine Follow this procedure 1 If the engine does not start within five seconds on the first try switch the ignition off wait ten seconds and try again 2 Make sure the parking brake is on 3 Depress the accelerator all the way and hold it there 4 Depress the clutch pedal Manual t
327. not be shifted down to protect the transaxle Ifthe automatic transaxle fluid ATF temperature becomes too high there is the possibility that the transaxle will switch to automatic shift mode canceling manual shift mode and turning off the gear position indicator illumination This is a normal function to protect the AT After the ATF temperature has decreased the gear position indicator illumination turns back on and driving in manual shift mode is restored 5 15 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Shifting Manually Shifting up M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 To shift up to a higher gear move the shift lever back once NOTE When driving slowly the gears may not shift up In manual shift mode gears do not shift up automatically Do not run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE If the tachometer needle enters the RED ZONE you may feel engine braking because the fuel delivery will be stopped to protect the engine However this does not indicate an abnormality When depressing the accelerator fully the transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed 5 16 Manually Shifting down M5 M4 M3 M2 M1 To shift down to a lower gear move the shift lever forward once A WARNING Do not use engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds Shifting down while driving on wet snowy or frozen roads or while driv
328. ns together for 1 5 seconds 2 ENTER PIN appears for three seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 3 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input Master code input 4 Input the master code using the channel preset buttons 1 4 The master code is already set at the time of factory shipment Master code input determination 5 Determine the master code which has been input by pressing the scan button SCAN 6 PIN CLEARED appears which indicates that the master code input has been completed 7 The ID code is set to the default 0000 and the initialization process is completed 6 37 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE Master code The Master Code is used to initialize or re initialize the ID code in the event that the code is not set to 0000 and or the personalized ID code is not known The initialization process resets the ID code to 0000 The master code can potentially defeat the intent of the security of the parental lock if it is located by persons not authorized by the owner to access certain channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio Master Code 0913 NOTE e When a numeric value other than the master code is input and the scan button SCAN is pressed SRI Err is displayed and then it returns to the SRI display again Ifan ID code is not input for ten seconds Err is displayed and it returns to the form
329. nter the cabin Loss of consciousness or even death could occur Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when idling the engine Exhaust gas is dangerous When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed and the engine running for a long time even in an open area exhaust gas which contains poisonous carbon monoxide could enter the cabin Loss of consciousness or even death could occur Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle particularly the tail pipe before starting the engine Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous The exhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide it could cause loss of consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin 4 4 Before Getting In e Be sure the windows outside mirrors and outside lights are clean e Inspect inflation pressures and condition of tires e Look under the vehicle for any sign of fluid leaks e Ifyou plan to back up make sure nothing is in your way NOTE Engine oil engine coolant brake clutch fluid washer fluid and other fluid levels should be inspected See Maintenance Section 8 Before Driving Your Mazda Before Starting the Engine After Getting In e e e e o o o e Are all doors closed and locked Is the seat adjusted properly Are the inside and outside mirrors adjust
330. nternal parts lubricated V Check the Refrigerant before the Weather Gets Hot Have the air conditioner checked before the weather gets hot Lack of refrigerant may make the air conditioner less efficient The refrigerant specifications are indicated on a label attached to the inside of the engine compartment Check the label before refilling the refrigerant If the wrong type of refrigerant is used it could result in a serious malfunction of the air conditioner For details consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer VY Replacement of the Cabin Air Filter Your vehicle is equipped with an air filter for the air conditioner It is necessary to change the filter periodically as indicated in scheduled maintenance page 8 4 Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for replacement of the cabin air filter Interior Comfort Climate Control System Vent Operation V Adjusting the Vents Center Vents Directing airflow To adjust the direction of airflow move the adjustment knob Side Vents To adjust the direction of airflow open the vents and rotate them left and right Close NOTE When using the air conditioner under humid ambient temperature conditions the system may blow fog from the vents This is not a sign of trouble but a result of humid air being suddenly cooled Interior Comfort Climate Control System V Selecting the Airflow Mode Dashboard Vents Defroster and Floor Vents
331. ntrols V Mirror Defogger To turn on the mirror defoggers switch the ignition ON and press the rear window defogger switch page 5 69 Some models 5 69 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Hazard Warning Flasher To sound the horn press the hs mark on The hazard warning lights should always the steering wheel be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it Hazard warning flasher Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash NOTE The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on e Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law 5 70 Interior Comfort Use of various features for drive comfort including air conditioning and audio system Climate Control System scssccsccsscssssssssssssssessssssessssssesssesoees 6 2 Operating Tips s cs2R sess ee ee 6 2 Vent Operation eeneioe a ani ee iras 6 3 Fully Automatic Type ssesesessssseseeseseesessessrsreseseesessrsssesresessesess 6 5 Rear Ventilation System c ccscesseesecssceseeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeenes 6 9 Audio SySteM scsscccscssccssesssessesssesssssssssssssesssssessssssessessseeseeses 6 11 AMMONIA ene aii seek nies a EEE
332. nute before the vehicle speed is recalculated and displayed 6 99 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Cup Holder A WARNING Never use a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving is dangerous If the contents spill you could be scalded Do not put anything other than cups or drink cans in cup holders Putting objects other than cups or drink cans in a cup holder is dangerous During sudden braking or maneuvering occupants could be hit and injured or objects could be thrown around the vehicle causing interference with the driver and the possibility of an accident Only use a cup holder for cups or drink cans CAUTION To reduce the possibility of injury in an accident or a sudden stop keep cup holders closed when not in use 6 100 Some models V Front The front cup holder is in the center console V Rear Second row Seat Storage box Second row right side seat To use pull out the storage box page 6 105 Third row seat Two cup holders are in the side trim on both the left and right sides Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Bottle Holder Bottle holders are on the inside of the doors ottle holder A CAUTION Do not use the bottle holders for containers without caps The contents may spill when the door is opened or closed 6 101 Interior Comfort Interior Equipm
333. o FM2 radio AM radio CD player gt SIRIUS1 SIRIUS2 SIRIUS3 gt AUX BT audio USB iPod cyclical Without Bluetooth Hands Free With Bluetooth Hands Free E 6 48 NOTE CD USB iPod SIRIUS digital satellite radio and BT audio modes cannot be selected in the following cases e USB device iPod SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit or BT audio unit is not equipped on the audio system CD has not been inserted The AUX mode is unavailable unless you connect a commercially available portable audio unit such as an MP3 player to the auxiliary jack Connect a portable audio unit or similar product on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers Change the audio source to AUX mode page 6 50 V Seek Switch Without Bluetooth Hands Free With Bluetooth Hands Free case When listening to the radio or SIRIUS digital satellite radio Press the seek switch up or down The radio switches to the next previous stored station in the order that it was stored 1 6 Radio Press and hold the seek switch in the up or down position to seek all usable stations at a higher or lower frequency whether programmed or not SIRIUS digital satellite radio Press and hold the seek s
334. o ed chen E ERE tee 4 12 4 1 Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Fuel Requirements Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table Fuel Octane Rating Anti knock index Regular unleaded fuel 87 R M 2 method or above 91 RON or above U S federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane 91 RON could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage A CAUTION gt USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead to deterioration of the emission control system and or failures gt Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10 ethanol by volume Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this recommendation or if the gasoline contains any methanol Stop using gasohol of any kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly gt Never add fuel system additives Otherwise the emission control system could be damaged Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally referred to as oxygenated fuels The com
335. o indicate that all doors and the liftgate are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights flash when the theft deterrent system is armed The hazard warning lights do not flash if all the doors and the liftgate are locked before the theft deterrent system is properly armed When the doors are locked by pressing the lock button on the transmitter while the theft deterrent system is armed the hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 29 The hazard warning lights can be set to not flash when the doors are locked or unlocked Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch e Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are locked visually or audibly by use of the double click Unlock button To unlock the driver s door press the unlock button and the hazard warning lights will flash twice To unlock all doors and the liftgate press the unlock button again within 5 seconds and the hazard warning lights will flash twice NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that all doors and the liftgate are unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights flash when the theft deterrent system is turned off The hazard warning lights do not flash unless the theft deterrent system has be
336. o perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Y Schedule 2 Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 x1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 x1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Maintenance Interval ENGINE Engine valve Clearance Audibly inspect every 120 000 km 75 000 miles if noisy adjust Drive belts I f Puerto Rico Replace every 5 000 km 3 000 miles or 3 months Engine oil Others R R R JRI RIR IRIRIRIRIRIR Engine oil filter R R IR RI RIJ RI RIRIRI_RIRIR COOLING SYSTEM FL22 type Replace at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after ype that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Engine coolant Replace at first 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 4 years after that Others every 2 years Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM Puerto Rico R R Air filter Others R Fuel lines and hoses I I Hoses and tubes for emission I IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Repla
337. od may affect warranty coverage Refer to Introduction page 8 2 for owner s responsibility in protecting your investment For details read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle If you are unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure have it done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids Please dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 17 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A WARNING Do not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work Have maintenance work done by a qualified technician Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly You can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures If you must run the engine while working under the hood make certain that you remove all jewelry especially rings bracelets watches and necklaces and all neckties scarves and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fan which may turn on unexpectedly Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury Sw
338. od rel dase handie maera o A A A a A eesiehe page 3 21 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 3 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View C ly S at beltsscccnsetvneits ek eee ait ne a See la ee page 2 18 2 SRS dir Da gs oeueiai aR RAAE AR E EE A EE A page 2 46 Remote fuel filler lid release oone A T Ra page 3 20 dY Bottle holder recan niin ania Weenie Ai ie page 6 101 G Vanity Mirrors i seiugs bea wee Ae aaleinciein dea bal ald aan page 6 93 6 Overh ad light tcc ciciesesiein dh desteniencea At A E page 6 94 Rearview Mirrors 1 4 sneered oh evi R a aR page 3 33 UNVISOL Aik ENE natalia mals d hei lamin NE E ENA page 6 Sunvi 6 93 Parking brakes accurate N eee page 5 6 Seat warmer Switches i cccc ccsceseelisecesecsapesieeseeessesducdeevbes cleasetecuds etsessedeeateavest page 2 16 TONE SCAL EE N eens toh tdi TAEAE EEA A EEE A E ENTE age 2 OF page 2 2 Up holders neari NEE O NEN E E GHE AN page 6 2 Cup hold 6 100 3 Rear ventilation SyStem eao ENSE page 6 9 4 Second TON seatsii 2sclcendied ete ie eee ed Ded ee page 2 5 QD AIT der WiSCat enasna tees vee vtoe be evi aT aint ast age 2 10 pag 1 4 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Your Vehicle at a Glance Exterior Overview Front OOD ihe edited ee ei akin he Deas Ai hie etek TE age 3 Hood page 3 21 Windshield wiper blades
339. of the vents 6 8 VY Windshield Defrosting and Defogging WwW FRONT Press the windshield defroster switch In this position the outside air position is automatically selected and the air conditioner automatically turns on The air conditioner will directly dehumidify the air to the front windshield and side windows page 6 4 Airflow amount will be increased A WARNING Set the temperature control to the hot or warm position when defogging SV position Using the SV position with the temperature control set to the cold position is dangerous as it will cause the outside of the windshield to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident NOTE Use the temperature control dial to increase the air flow temperature and defog the windshield more quickly V Temperature Sensor The fully automatic air conditioner uses the temperature sensor to measure the temperature inside the passenger compartment It then sets the passenger compartment temperature accordingly A CAUTION Do not obstruct the temperature sensor otherwise the automatic air conditioner will not operate properly Cosh i J J a O o Se gt Interior temperature sensor Interior Comfort Climate Control System Rear Ventilation System The rear ventilation system only blows
340. off labels or adhesive material exuding from the edges of the CD label Also do not use discs with a commercially available CD R label affixed The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction V Operating tips for MP3 NOTE Supply of this product only conveys a license for private non commercial use and does not convey a license nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial i e revenue generating real time broadcasting terrestrial satellite cable and or any other media broadcasting streaming via the Internet intranets and or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems such as pay audio or audio on demand applications An independent license for such use is required For details please visit http www mp3licensing com e This audio system handles MP3 files that have been recorded on CD R CD RW CD ROMSs Discs that have been recorded using the following formats can be played e ISO 9660 level 1 e ISO 9660 level 2 e Joliet extended format e Romeo extended format e This unit handles MP3 files conforming to the MP3 format containing both header frames and data frames e This unit can play multi session recorded discs that have up to 40 sessions e This unit can play MP3s with sampling frequencies of 8 11 025 12 16 22 05 24 32 44 1 48 kHz e This unit can play MP3 files that have been recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to 320 kbps Nonetheless to insure enjoyment of music w
341. off power window operation The power window can be operated for about 40 seconds after the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF with all doors closed If any door is opened the power window will be inoperable NOTE e For engine off operation of the power window the switch must be held up firmly throughout window closure because the auto closing function will be inoperable The two step down function is inoperable during engine off operation 3 18 Y Operating the Passenger Power Windows The power windows may be operated when the power window lock switch on the driver s door is in the unlocked position The passenger windows may be opened or closed using the master control switches on the driver s door Master control switches Front passenger s window Right rear window Power window lock switch aa To open the window to the desired position hold down the switch To close the window to the desired position pull up the switch Y Power Window Lock Switch This feature prevents all power windows from operating except the driver s power window Keep this switch in the locked position while children are in the vehicle Locked position button depressed Only the driver s power window can be operated Unlocked position button not depressed All power windows on each door can be operated Locked position Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Fuel Filler Lid and Cap WAR
342. ol may collect on the underbody If not removed they will speed up rusting and deterioration of such underbody parts as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though these parts may be coated with anti corrosive material Thoroughly flush the underbody and wheel housings with lukewarm or cold water at the end of each winter Try also to do this every month Pay special attention to these areas because they easily hide mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be clogged Water trapped there will cause rusting Maintenance and Care Appearance Care A WARNING Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance is normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected VY Aluminum Wheel Maintenance A protective coating is provided over the aluminum wheels Special care is needed to protect this coating A CAUTION Do not use any detergent other than mild detergent Before using any detergent verify the ingredients Othemise the product could discolor or stain the aluminum wheels 8 61 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care NOTE Do not
343. ole aes 2 12 Head Restraitits x00 miima n r eaa ie 2 14 Seat Warmer viorii aar te car EOE 2 16 Seat Belt SYStems cc lt scscscssessvecvssvesvesoseceessenssesvessvaseaseevesonessedses 2 18 Seat Belt Precautions 20 0 cc eesesceeeseeseeeeeneeseeseeseeseeeeeeeeeenees 2 18 Seat Belt eenei iieii iee E E EE REEE EA Ei 2 22 Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems 2 24 Seat Belt Extender oneee te n r E A Asan bas 2 27 Seat Belt Warning Light s sssseseesssessesersessesresesseseesesresessesees 2 28 Seat Belt Reminder 2 pecsacdecies tinnen i 2 29 Child Restraint s cscccoisiccissesiecssscsectceswessasdecsvandevensesacsoedeseodconecesatss 2 30 Child Restraint Precautions ccccceccesceeseeseeeseeeeeeeeeeneeesees 2 30 Child Restraint System Installation Position ceee 2 35 Installing Child Restraint Systems cccesceeseeseeeeeseeseeeeees 2 36 LATCH Child Restraint Systems 0 cecesesseeseeeeeeeeteeeeees 2 43 SRS Air Bags cccccsccscsvscescesssscenccosccsvessessscesaccntssssnescesssecsassavesesnesees 2 46 Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions 2 46 Supplemental Restraint System Components ee 2 52 How the SRS Air Bags Work cccecceesceeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeenees 2 54 SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria eee eeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 58 Limitations to SRS Air Bag cceeceeceesceeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeenees 2 59 Driver and Front P
344. omatic locking mode When you remove the child restraint system be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts 7 If your child restraint system requires the use of a tether strap refer to the manufacturer s instructions to hook and tighten the tether strap after raising the head restraint Third row seats 2 37 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Anchor bracket location Second row seats Tether strap position Second row seats Tether strap Anchor bracket location Third row seats Anchor bracket 2 38 Tether strap position Third row seats A WARNING Use the tether and tether anchor only for a child restraint system Using the tether or tether anchor to secure anything but a child restraint system is dangerous This could weaken or damage the tether or tether anchor and result in injury Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback Third row seats Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child restraint system The child restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision
345. on e The turn signal lever is in the flash to pass position V Shift Position Indicator Light Automatic Transaxle This indicates the selected shift position R M D M Gear d indicator In manual mode the M of the shift position indicator illuminates and the numeral for the selected gear displays in the gear position indicator Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Low Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light Blue _E eal When the ignition is switched ON the light illuminates momentarily and then turns off The light illuminates continuously when the engine coolant temperature is low and turns off after the engine is warm NOTE If the low engine coolant temperature indicator light remains illuminated after the engine has been sufficiently warmed up the temperature sensor could have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Vv TCS DSC Indicator Light This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the TCS or DSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS or DSC may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE e In addition to the indicator light flashing a slight lugging sound will come from the engine This indicates that the TCS is operating properly On slippery surfaces such as fresh snow it will be impossib
346. on System Warning O amp BRAKE If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some components are operating incorrectly the control unit may illuminate the brake system warning light and the ABS warning light on simultaneously The problem is likely to be the electronic brake force distribution system 5 47 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds A WARNING Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated simultaneously is dangerous When both lights are illuminated the rear wheels could lock more quickly in an emergency stop than under normal circumstances Vv Charging System Warning Light E This warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and turns off when the engine is started If the warning light illuminates while driving it indicates a malfunction of the alternator or of the charging system Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION Do not continue driving when the charging system warning light is illuminated because the engine could stop unexpectedly 5 48 V Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light Y7 This warning light illuminates when the ig
347. on indicator light on off condition chart Condition detected by the front passenger occupant Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light Front passenger front and side air bags Front passenger seat belt pretensioner classification system system Empty Not occupied Off Deactivated Deactivated Child or child restraint On Deactivated Deactivated system Adult Off Ready Ready Ifthe front passenger seat belt is buckled the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates however this does not indicate a malfunction 2 Ifa larger child sits on the front passenger seat the sensors might detect the child as being an adult depending on the child s physique 3 Ifa smaller adult sits on the front passenger seat the sensors might detect the person as being a child depending on the person s physique The curtain air bag is ready for inflating regardless of what the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light on off condition chart indicates If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON and does not illuminate as indicated in the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light on off condition chart do not allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work properly in an accident 2 62 Essential Safety Eq
348. on learning 1 to 8 according to the voice guidance 7 Prompt Speaker enrollment is complete NOTE If an error occurred in the voice recognition learning re learning can be done by pressing the talk button with a short press Voice recognition re learning If voice recognition learning has already been done 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Voice training 3 Prompt Enrollment is enabled disabled Would you like to disable enable or retrain 4 Say Beep Retrain 5 Prompt This operation must be performed in a quiet environment while the vehicle is stopped See the owner s manual for the list of required training phrases Press and release the talk button when you are ready to begin Press the hangup button to cancel at any time 6 Press the talk button with a short press 6 90 7 The voice guidance reads out the voice input command number refer to the voice input command list for voice recognition learning Ex Please read phrase 1 8 Say Beep 0123456789 Say the voice input command for voice recognition learning 1 to 8 according to the voice guidance 9 Prompt Speaker enrollment is complete NOTE If an error occurred in the voice recognition learning re learning can be done by pressing the talk button with a short press Voice input command list for voice recognition learning Wh
349. ont belt pretensioner will be passenger air x activated in a rear collision bag Side air bag X impact side only Curtain air bag X impact side only X The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision 1 With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System The front passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed to deploy depending on the condition of the total seated weight on the front passenger seat 2 58 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Limitations to SRS Air Bag In severe collisions such as those described previously in SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy However in some accidents the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its severity Limitations to front near front collision detection The following illustrations are examples of front near front collisions that may not be detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment Impacts involving trees or poles Limitations to side collision detection Frontal offset impact to the vehicle The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment Side impacts involving trees or poles Side impacts with two wheeled vehicles 2 59 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags
350. or the blades with foreign matter can reduce wiper effectiveness Common sources are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes If the blades are not wiping properly clean the window and blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent then rinse thoroughly with clean water Repeat if necessary 8 28 Y Replacing Windshield Wiper Blades When the wipers no longer clean well the blades are probably worn or cracked Replace them A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components don t try to sweep the wiper arm by hand NOTE To prevent damage to the wiper arm blades when raising both the driver and passenger side wiper arms raise the driver side wiper arm first Conversely when setting down the wiper arms set the passenger side wiper arm down first 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip Slide the assembly downward then lift it off the arm US l Plastic locking clip A CAUTION To prevent damage to the windshield let the wiper arm down easily don t let it slap down on the windshield 2 Hold the end of the rubber and pull until the tabs are free of the metal support Metal support NZ Tab A 3 Remove the metal stiffeners from each blade rubber and install them in the new blade SW Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A CAUTION gt Don t bend or discard the stiffeners Y
351. or Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice guidance interrupt operation Voice guidance can be skipped by pressing the talk button with a short press while it is being heard A new voice input command can then be spoken by the user Voice recognition mode cancel If you want to cancel the voice recognition mode during a call the voice recognition mode can be canceled without having to end the call Press the talk button with a long press 6 74 Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation Bluetooth Hands Free Preparation Language setting The available languages are English Spanish and Canadian French If the language setting is changed all of the voice guidance and voice input commands are done in the selected language NOTE e If the language setting is changed device registration is maintained Phonebook records are not cleared but each language has a separate phonebook Therefore entries created in one language will need to be re entered in the phonebook of the new language Do these steps before you start driving These less used functions are too distracting to undertake while driving until you are fully familiar with the system Method 1 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep L
352. or extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing steep grades depress the accelerator fully The transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Climbing steep grades from a stop To climb a steep grade from a stopped position 1 Depress the brake pedal 2 Shift to D or M1 depending on the load weight and grade steepness 3 Release the brake pedal while gradually accelerating Descending steep grades When descending a steep grade shift to lower gears depending on load weight and grade steepness Descend slowly using the brakes only occasionally to prevent them from overheating 5 19 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Power Steering Power steering is only operable when the engine is running If the engine is off or if the power steering system is inoperable you can still steer but it requires more physical effort If the steering feels stiffer than usual during normal driving consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme left or right for more than 5 seconds with the engine running This could damage the power steering system V Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light Kl This indicator light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and turns off when the engine is started 5 20 If the light remains illuminated after the engine is started or illuminates
353. or thieves and intruders Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks After closing the doors always verify that they are securely closed Doors not securely closed are dangerous if the vehicle is driven with a door not securely closed the door could open unexpectedly resulting in an accident Always confirm the safety around the vehicle before opening a door Suddenly opening a door is dangerous A passing vehicle or a pedestrian could be hit and cause an accident Y Locking Unlocking with Key The driver s door can be locked unlocked with the key Turn the key toward the front to unlock toward the back to lock VY Locking Unlocking with Transmitter The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 3 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Locking Unlocking with Door Lock Knob Front doors To lock either front door from the inside push the door lock knob To unlock pull it out To lock either front door with the door lock knob from the outside push the door lock knob to the lock position and close the door pulling the door handle is not required Door lock knob es NOTE When locking the doors using the door lock knob from the outside be careful not to leave the key inside the vehicle 3 10 Sliding doors To lock a sliding door from the inside slide the door lock knob toward the front To unlock s
354. ost and the second station picked up At this time there will be some noise from this disturbance Station drift noise Station 1 Station 2 88 1 MHz 6 14 Vv Operating Tips for CD Player Condensation phenomenon Immediately after turning on the heater when the vehicle is cold the CD or optical components prism and lens in the CD player may become clouded with condensation At this time the CD will eject immediately when placed in the unit A clouded CD can be corrected simply by wiping it with a soft cloth Clouded optical components will clear naturally in about an hour Wait for normal operation to return before attempting to use the unit Handling the CD player The following precautions should be observed e Do not spill any liquid on the audio system e Do not insert any objects other than CDs into the slot e The CD revolves at high speed within the unit Defective cracked or badly bent CDs should never be used e Do not use non conventional discs such as heart shaped octagonal discs etc The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction e Ifthe memory portion of the CD is transparent or translucent do not use the disc Transparent Interior Comfort Audio System e Anew CD may have rough edges on its inner and outer perimeters If a disc with rough edges is used proper setting will not be possible and the CD player will not play the CD In addition the disc m
355. ot activate correctly and result in death or serious injury in the event of collision Always wear the seat belt with the seat belt extender Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system on the front or rear passenger seat Using a seat belt extender to fasten a child restraint system on any seat is dangerous Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions and never use a seat belt extender NOTE When not in use remove the seat belt extender and store it in the vehicle If the seat belt extender is left connected the seat belt extender might get damaged as it will not retract with the rest of the seat belt and can easily fall out of the door when not in use and be damaged In addition the seat belt warning light will not illuminate and function properly 2 28 Seat Belt Warning Light With warning light for front passenger s seat The seat belt warning light illuminates if the driver or front passenger s seat is occupied and the seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switched ON Without warning light for front passenger s seat The seat belt warning light illuminates if the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switched ON Seat Belt Reminder If the vehicle is driven with the driver or front passenger s seat belt unfastened the seat belt warning light illuminates and a warning chime sounds NOTE Some models do not have the
356. ot need to be plugged into the auxiliary jack After programming operate the audio system s control panel to play stop the music or audio 6 60 Some models A CAUTION gt Always program audio devices to the Bluetooth audio system while the vehicle is stopped gt Because only specified Bluetooth audio devices can be used consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when purchasing or changing devices Bluetooth audio devices which correspond to specified Bluetooth versions and profiles can be Bluetooth connected to the vehicle s Bluetooth unit However even among these devices are ones which cannot be Bluetooth connected or have limited functionality Each device to be used with the vehicle s Bluetooth unit needs to be checked individually for compatibility Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer concerning device compatibility gt USA Phone 800 430 0153 Web www MazdaUSA com bluetooth gt Canada Phone 800 430 0153 Web www mazdahandsfree ca gt Mexico Center of Attention to Client CAC Phone 01 800 01 MAZDA Web www mazdamexico com mx Applicable Bluetooth specification Ver 2 0 or higher Audio profile e A2DP Advanced Audio Distribution Profile Ver 1 0 e AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile Ver 1 0 1 3 A2DP is a profile which transmits only audio to the Bluetooth unit If your Bluetooth audio device corresponds only to A2DP but not AVRCP you cannot operate
357. otective properties if proper care is not taken Here are some examples of possible damage with tips on how to prevent them V Etching Caused by Acid Rain or Industrial Fallout Occurrence Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions drift into the air and mix with rain or dew to form acids These acids can settle on a vehicle s finish As the water evaporates the acid becomes concentrated and can damage the finish And the longer the acid remains on the surface the greater the chance is for damage Prevention It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section These steps should be taken immediately after you suspect that acid rain has settled on your vehicle s finish 8 56 Y Damage Caused by Bird Dropping Insects or Tree Sap Occurrence Bird droppings contain acids If these aren t removed they can eat away the clear and color base coat of the vehicle s paintwork When insects stick to the paint surface and decompose corrosive compounds form These can erode the clear and color base coat of the vehicle s paintwork if they are not removed Tree sap will harden and adhere permanently to the paint finish If you scratch the sap off while it is hard some vehicle paint could come off with it Prevention It is necessary to have your Mazda washed and waxed to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section This should b
358. ou need to use them again gt If the metal stiffeners are switched the blade s wiping efficiency could be reduced So don t use the driver s side metal stiffeners on the passenger s side or vice versa gt Be sure to reinstall the metal stiffeners in the new blade rubber so that the curve is the same as it was in the old blade rubber 4 Carefully insert the new blade rubber Then install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal NOTE Install the blade so that the tabs are toward the bottom of the wiper arm V Replacing Rear Window Wiper Blade When the wiper no longer cleans well the blade is probably worn or cracked Replace it 8 29 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arm and other components don t try to sweep the wiper arm by hand Remove the cover and raise the wiper arm 2 Firmly rotate the wiper blade to the right until it unlocks then remove the blade ACAUTION To prevent damage to the rear window let the wiper arm down easily don t let it slap down on the rear window 8 30 3 Pull down the blade rubber and slide it out of the blade holder Y 4 Remove the metal stiffeners from each blade rubber and install them in the new blade SW A CAUTION Don t bend or discard the stiffeners You need to use them again 5 Carefully insert the new blade rubber Then install the blade assembly in the reverse or
359. ounterclockwise To install the antenna turn it clockwise Make sure the antenna is securely installed AM FM Radio Antenna The AM FM radio antenna receives both AM and FM signals Install Remove SS We eee Antenna for AM FM and Satellite Radio Antenna The antenna for AM FM and satellite radio antenna receives both AM and FM signals and SIRIUS signals Install Interior Comfort Audio System A CAUTION gt To prevent damage to the antenna remove it before entering a car wash facility or passing beneath a low overhead clearance gt Be careful around the antenna when removing snow from the roof Otherwise the antenna could be damaged NOTE When leaving your vehicle unattended we recommend that you remove the antenna and store it inside the vehicle Some models 6 11 Interior Comfort Audio System Operating Tips for Audio System A WARNING Do not adjust the audio control switches while driving the vehicle Adjusting the audio while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to a serious accident Always adjust the audio while the vehicle is stopped Even if the audio control switches are equipped on the steering wheel learn to use the switches without looking down at them so that you can keep your maximum attention on the road while driving the vehicle A CAUTION For the purposes of safe dri
360. ously dark for several minutes such as inside long tunnels traffic jams inside tunnels or in indoor parking lots In this case the light turns off if the light switch is turned to the OFF position The dashboard illumination can be adjusted by rotating the knob in the instrument cluster Also the day night mode can be changed by pressing the knob To adjust the brightness of the dashboard illumination Refer to Dashboard Illumination on page 5 43 e When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched to ACC or the ignition is switched off the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination will turn off The sensitivity of the AUTO lights may be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 Xenon fusion headlight bulbs The low beam bulbs of the headlights have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a bright white beam over a wide area A WARNING Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous Because the xenon fusion bulbs require high voltage you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are handled incorrectly Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement is necessary NOTE If the headlights flicker or the brightness weakens the bulb life may be depleted and a replacement is necessary Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Some models 5 61 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Cont
361. p 3 V DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency Signal Transmission This function is used when transmitting DTMF via the user s voice The receiver of a DTMF transmission is generally a home telephone answering machine or a company s automated guidance call center When you send tone signals back according to the voice guidance recording 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep XXXX send Say DTMF code 3 Prompt Sending XXXX DTMF code Call Calls the registered phonebook Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Hands Free Setting YW Device Device registration For the registration of a Bluetooth equipped device to Bluetooth Hands Free Refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Preparation on page 6 74 Registered device read out Bluetooth Hands Free can read out the devices registered to its system NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Select one of the following Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code 6 Say Beep List 7 Prompt XXXXX XXX
362. pair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehicle nonconformity repurchase or replacement of your vehicle and compensation for damages and remedies available under Mazda s written warranty or applicable law The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE punitive or multiple damages attorneys fees or consequential damages other than as provided in California Civil Code Section 1794 a and b Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance 10 You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator If you reject the decision you will be free to pursue further legal action The arbitrator s decision and any findings will be admissible in a court action 11 If you accept the arbitrator s decision Mazda will be bound by the decision and will comply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after we receive notice of your acceptance of the decision 12 Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 for further details about the program Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Canada YW Satisfaction Review Process Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda All Authorized Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition In our experience any questions problems or complaints regarding the operation of your Mazda or any other ge
363. pect them for correct balance Z 0 2 OF Do not include TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire in rotation Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following Incorrect tire pressure e Improper wheel alignment e Out of balance wheel e Severe braking After rotation inflate all tire pressures to specification page 10 6 and inspect the lug nuts for tightness 9 32 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A A CAUTION Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear not from side to side Tire performance will be weakened if rotated from side to side With limited slip differential Don t use the following gt Tires not of the designated size gt Tires of different sizes or types at the same time gt Tires not sufficiently inflated If these instructions aren t followed the rotation of the left and right wheels will be different and will thus apply a constant load on the limited slip differential This will cause a malfunction V Replacing a Tire A WARNING Always use tires that are in good condition Driving with worn tires is dangerous Reduced braking steering and traction could result in an accident If a tire wears evenly a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread Replace the tire when this happens Trea
364. placed with a new unit cancel the license for the broken unit and make sure to carry out new registration for the replaced unit If the license for the broken unit is not canceled you will be charged a reception fee for both units DLP Down Link Processor SATELLITE RADIO Module 6 46 Audio Control Switch Operation When the audio unit is turned on operation of the audio unit from the steering wheel is possible NOTE Because the audio unit will be turned off under the following conditions the switches will be inoperable When the ignition is switched off When the power button on the audio unit is pressed and the audio unit is turned off Without Bluetooth Hands Free Talk button Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE e The talk button pick up button and hang up button are operable with the audio unit turned off Mazda has installed this system to prevent distraction while driving the vehicle and using audio controls on the dashboard Always make safe driving your first priority V Adjusting the Volume To increase the volume press up the volume switch To decrease the volume press down the volume switch Without Bluetooth Hands Free With Bluetooth Hands Free 6 47 Interior Comfort Audio System Vv Changing the Source Press the mode switch MODE to change the audio source FM1 radi
365. placement tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label 9 40 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle 9 41 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety
366. pressure 9 29 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A A WARNING Always check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the information in this owner s manual Driving your vehicle with under inflated tires is dangerous Under inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may result in severe cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It results in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking at them V Checking Tire Pressure 1 When you check the air pressure make sure the tires are cold meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile Remove the cap from the valve on one tire Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve Add air to achieve recommended air pressure nA A U N If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 6 Replace the valve cap 7 Repeat with each tire includi
367. pt for the limited use of the temporary spare tire use only the same type tires radial bias belted bias type on all four wheels Using Wrong Sized Tires Using any other tire size than what is specified for your Mazda page 10 6 is dangerous It could seriously affect ride handling ground clearance tire clearance and speedometer calibration This could cause you to have an accident Use only tires that are the correct size specified for your Mazda Y Tire Inflation Pressure A WARNING Always inflate the tires to the correct pressure Overinflation or underinflation of tires is dangerous Adverse handling or unexpected tire failure could result in a serious accident Refer to Tires on page 10 6 Use only a Mazda genuine tire valve cap Use of a non genuine part is dangerous as the correct tire air pressure cannot be maintained if the tire valve becomes damaged If the vehicle is driven under this condition the tire air pressure will decrease which could result in a serious accident Do not use any part for the tire valve cap that is not a Mazda genuine part Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance The Tire Pressure Monitoring System does not alleviate the need to check the tire condition every day including whether the tires all look inflated properly Inspect all tire pressure monthly including the spare when the tires are cold Maintain recommended pressures for the best ride handling and minimum
368. quate protection and the user could be seriously injured in an accident Only use the extender provided for you and for the particular vehicle and seat NEVER use the extender in a different vehicle or seat If you sell your Mazda do not leave your seat belt extender in the vehicle It could be used accidentally by the new owner of the vehicle After removing the seat belt extender discard it Never use the seat belt extender in any other vehicle you may own in the future Do not use an extender that is too long Using an extender that is too long is dangerous The seat belt will not fit properly In an accident the seat belt will not provide adequate protection and you could be seriously injured Do not use the extender or choose one shorter in length if the distance between the extender s buckle and the center of the user s body is less than 15 cm 6 in 2 27 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Do not leave a seat belt extender connected to the buckle Leaving a seat belt extender connected to the buckle without using the seat belt is dangerous When the seat belt extender is connected to the driver s seat belt buckle or front passenger seat the SRS driver s or front passenger s air bag system will determine that the driver or front passenger is wearing the seat belt even if the driver or front passenger is not wearing it This condition could cause the driver s or front passenger s air bag to n
369. r a conventional tire Neither will properly fit and could damage both tire and rim gt The temporary spare tire has a tread life of less than 5 000 km 3 000 miles The tread life may be shorter depending on driving conditions gt The temporary spare tire is for limited use however if the tread wear solid band indicator appears replace the tire with the same type of temporary spare page 8 39 NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire The period in which the tire was manufactured both week and year is indicated by a 4 digit number Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9 23 8 40 V Replacing a Wheel A WARNING Always use wheels of the correct size on your vehicle Using a wrong sized wheel is dangerous Braking and handling could be affected leading to loss of control and an accident A CAUTION gt Awrong sized wheel may adversely affect gt Tire fit Wheel and bearing life Ground clearance Snow chain clearance Speedometer calibration Headlight aim Bumper height Tire Pressure Monitoring System gt With Tire Pressure Monitoring System gt When replacing repairing the tires or
370. r bags e The front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides curtain air bags The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection in certain situations so seat belts are always important in the following ways Without seat belt usage the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident Seat belt usage is necessary to e Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag e Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag inflation such as roll over or rear impact Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal near frontal side collisions that are not severe enough to activate the air bags Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle e e e e 2 46 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags If your vehicle is also equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant classification system refer to the Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System page 2 61 for details If your vehicle is equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant classification system the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates for a specified time after t
371. r for details In addition audio can be played from the vehicle audio device by connecting USB device or an iPod to the USB port To use the auxiliary jack USB port pull up its cover Auxiliary jack How to use AUX mode page 6 51 How to use USB mode page 6 52 How to use iPod mode page 6 56 Error Indications 00 page 6 58 6 50 A WARNING Do not adjust the portable audio unit or a similar product while driving the vehicle Adjusting the portable audio unit or a similar product while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to a serious accident Always adjust the portable audio unit or a similar product while the vehicle is stopped Do not allow the connection plug cord to get tangled with the parking brake or the shift lever Allowing the plug cord to become tangled with the parking brake or the shift lever is dangerous as it could interfere with driving resulting in an accident CAUTION gt Always close the auxiliary jack USB port lid when it is not in use If foreign matter or liquid penetrate the auxiliary jack USB port it may cause a malfunction gt Depending on the portable audio device noise may occur when the device is connected to the vehicle accessory socket If noise occurs do not use the accessory socket gt Do not place objects or apply force to the auxiliary
372. r if the temperature of the vehicle s interior changes suddenly The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat changes The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light might illuminate if the front passenger seat receives a severe impact If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing a child restraint system on the front passenger seat first re install your child restraint system according to the procedure in this owner s manual Then if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light still does not illuminate install the child restraint system on the rear seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates when an adult is seated in the front passenger seat have the passenger re adjust their posture by sitting with their feet on the floor and then re fastening the seat belt If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light still illuminates move the passenger to the rear seat If sitting in the rear seat is not possible slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Y Driver and Front Passenger Buckle Switches The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts are securely fastene
373. ransaxle or the brake pedal Automatic transaxle 5 Switch the ignition to START and hold it there for up to ten seconds If the engine starts release the key and accelerator immediately because the engine will suddenly rev up 6 If the engine fails to start crank it without depressing the accelerator for up to ten seconds If the engine still does not start using the above procedure have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 7 16 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting Jump Starting Jump starting is dangerous if done incorrectly So follow the procedure carefully If you feel unsure about jump starting we strongly recommend that you have a competent service technician do the work A WARNING Follow These Precautions Carefully To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting it am Always wear eye protection when working near the battery Working without eye protection is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes Also hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid Spilled battery fluid is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes skin or clothing
374. rd for about 5 seconds every minute The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heard for approximately 35 minutes Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding Driving the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding is dangerous In a collision the air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible 5 57 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Seat Belt Warning Beep If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds With warning light for front passenger s seat If the driver or the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened and the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than about 20 km h 12 mph a beep sound will be heard again for a specified period of time Refer to Seat Belt Reminder on page 2 29 Without warning light for front passenger s seat If the driver s seat belt is not fastened and the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than about 20 km h 12 mph a beep sound will be heard again for a specified period of time Refer to Seat Belt
375. record the distance from the point of origin and trip meter B can record the distance from where the fuel tank is filled When trip meter A is selected pressing the selector again within one second will change to trip meter B mode When trip meter A is selected TRIP A will be displayed When trip meter B is selected TRIP B will be displayed The trip meter records the total distance the vehicle is driven until the meter is again reset Return it to 0 0 by holding the selector depressed for 1 second or more Use this meter to measure trip distances and to compute fuel consumption NOTE Only the trip meters record tenths of kilometers miles The trip record will be erased when The power supply is interrupted blown fuse or the battery is disconnected The vehicle is driven over 999 9 km mile 5 42 Y Tachometer The tachometer shows engine speed in thousands of revolutions per minute rpm A CAUTION Do not run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage Red zone V Fuel Gauge The fuel gauge shows approximately how much fuel is remaining in the tank when the ignition is switched ON We recommend keeping the tank over 1 4 full Full d LEN gt KLAL 1 4 Full Jean gt F Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators If the gauge indicates that the fuel level is near E refuel as soon as possible
376. ree seconds and then the unit returns to the normal display 6 63 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio NOTE Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the A symbol is displayed If the programming failed Err flashes for three seconds then it returns to PAIR DEVICE Programming cannot be performed while the vehicle is moving If you attempt to perform programming while the vehicle is moving PAIR DISABLE is displayed and it returns to PAIR DEVICE If seven Bluetooth audio devices have already been programmed to the vehicle programming cannot be performed and MEMORY FULL is displayed Delete one programmed device to program another one Programming a Bluetooth audio device which does not have a four digit PIN code 1 Using the audio control dial select the pairing program mode PAIR DEVICE in the BT SETUP mode Refer to Bluetooth audio set up for details Press the audio control dial to determine the mode After ENTER PIN is displayed on the information display for three seconds PIN 0000 is displayed and the PIN code can be input Press the audio control dial while PIN 0000 is displayed PAIRING flashes on the display Operate the Bluetooth audio device and set it to the program mode while PAIRING is flashing As the Bluetooth audio device requires a PIN code input
377. reee 5 49 Check fuel cap e eee 5 50 DOOr ajar oo eeeceeseeseeeseeeeseeeneees 5 51 Engine oil pressure 006 5 48 Front seat belt pretensioner SYSTEM ueneno ree ahaoe e 5 50 High engine coolant temperature sssssesseeeeessesseeees 5 49 Low feli 08 nvaccntasciiinnestts 5 50 Low washer fluid level 5 51 Malfunction sssr 5 47 Seat belt 221s nccoehnetecetornie the 5 51 Tire pressure monitoring SYSTEM Besa eevee ae 5 52 Warrant yesos mnao isen ts Satesees 9 14 Washer Fluid 00 0 ee eeeeeeeeereeteeeeeeeeees 8 26 Weights senenin enaa 10 5 Wheel Replacement eee 8 40 Windows Power windows s es 3 16 Windshield Washer sseeeeeees 5 68 Windshield Wipers c ccseceeee 5 65 Blades replacement 8 28 Winter Driving 0 0 ccceeseeseeseeeeeees 4 8 11 7
378. rocking may cause engine overheating transaxle failure and tire damage If you must rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud depress the accelerator slightly and slowly move the shift lever from 1 D to R 4 8 Winter Driving e Carry emergency gear including tire chains window scraper flares a small shovel jumper cables and a small bag of sand or salt Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to perform the following precautions e Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in the radiator Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8 22 Inspect the battery and its cables Cold reduces battery capacity Inspect the ignition system for damage and loose connections Use washer fluid made with antifreeze but do not use engine coolant antifreeze for washer fluid page 8 26 Do not use the parking brake in freezing weather as it may freeze Instead shift to P with an automatic transaxle and to 1 or R with a manual transaxle Block the rear wheels Snow left on the windshield is dangerous as it could obstruct vision Remove snow before driving Do not apply excessive force to a window scraper when removing ice or frozen snow on the mirror glass and windshield Never use warm or hot water for removing snow or ice from windows and mirrors as it could result in the glass cracking Braking performance can be adversely affected if snow or ice adheres to the brake equipment If this situation occurs drive
379. rols Switch Position OFF AUTO 200 Headlights Off Off On Taillights Parking lights Aut License lights Off cas On On Side marker lights Dashboard illumination AUTO Auto light control When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON the light sensor senses the surrounding lightness or darkness and automatically turns the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off see chart above A CAUTION gt Do not shade the light sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield Otherwise the light sensor will not operate correctly gt The light sensor also works as a rain sensor for the auto wiper control Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades damaged when the wipers activate automatically If you are going to clean the windshield be sure the wipers are turned off completely this is particularly important when clearing ice and snow when it is particularly tempting to leave the engine running 5 60 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls NOTE The headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination may not turn off immediately even if the surrounding area becomes well lit because the light sensor determines that it is nighttime if the surrounding area is continu
380. rols VY Lights On Reminder If lights are on and the key is removed from the ignition switch a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened NOTE A personalized function is available to change the sound volume for the lights on reminder Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 V Headlight High Low Beam Press the lever forward to turn on the high beams Pull the lever back to its original position for the low beams High beam Low beam 5 62 Some models V Flashing the Headlights To flash the headlights pull the lever fully towards you the headlight switch does not need to be on The lever will return to the normal position when released Flashing V Headlight Leveling The number of passengers and weight of cargo in the luggage compartment change the angle of the headlights The headlight leveling switch is used to adjust the angle of the headlights manually Select the proper headlight angle from the following chart Front seat Rear Switch z 1 Load ys Driver Passenger seat Position s 0 x x a 0 x x x 1 x x x x 2 x x 3 x Yes No 1 Second row and third row seats Y Daytime Running Lights Canada In Canada vehicles must be driven with the headlights on during daytime operation For that reason the daytime running lights automatically turn on when the ignition is
381. ropriate child restraint system for the child s age and size 2 47 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates The child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands or feet on them is extremely dangerous The driver and front passenger air bags inflate with great force and speed Serious injuries could occur if someone is too close The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel The front seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor Front seat occupants should adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them or sleeping up against the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous The side and curtain air bags inflate with grea
382. ror Convex type front passenger side The mirror has single curvature on its surface AWARNING Be sure to look over your shoulder before changing lanes Changing lanes without taking into account the actual distance of the vehicle in the convex mirror is dangerous You could have a serious accident What you see in the convex mirror is closer than it appears Power mirror The ignition must be switched to ACC or ON To adjust 1 Press the left or right side of the selector switch to choose the left or right side mirror 2 Depress the mirror switch in the appropriate direction Selector switch After adjusting the mirror lock the control by placing the selector switch in the center position Folding the mirror Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is flush with the vehicle A WARNING Always return the outside mirrors to the driving position before you start driving Driving with the outside mirrors folded in is dangerous Your rear view will be restricted and you could have an accident Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors YW Rearview Mirror Rearview mirror adjustment Before driving adjust the rearview mirror to center on the scene through the rear window Reducing glare from headlights Adjust the mirror with the day night lever in the day position Push the lever forward for day driving Pull it back to reduce glare from headlights Day Night
383. rs detect a side impact of greater than moderate force the curtain air bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboard passenger s head caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 58 In a side impact Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag on that side only to inflate The side and curtain air bags will deploy only on the side the vehicle receives the force of the impact 2 56 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light ee 4 If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not operate in an accident A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activat
384. s completely closed so that water does not get inside the cabin area After washing your Mazda or after it rains wipe the water off the moonroof before operating it to avoid water penetration which could cause rust and water damage to your headliner V Tilt Operation The rear of the moonroof can be tilted open to provide more ventilation To fully tilt automatically momentarily press the rear of the tilt switch To stop tilting partway press any part of the tilt or slide switch To close to the desired position press the front of the tilt or slide switch Close Y Slide Operation To fully open automatically momentarily press the rear of the slide switch To stop sliding partway press any part of the tilt or slide switch Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks To close to the desired position press the front of the tilt or slide switch Power Moonroof Re set Procedure If the battery is disconnected the moonroof will not operate The moonroof will not operate correctly until it is re set Carry out the following procedure to re set the moonroof and resume operation 1 Switch the ignition ON 2 Press and hold the front of the SLIDE switch with the moonroof closed completely The moonroof lowers slightly and returns to its original position when the re setting is finished NOTE Re set cannot be performed with the moonroof open Close the moonroof completely before re setting 3 23 Kno
385. s has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement program administered by the Better Business Bureau BBB system at no cost to you the consumer BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach a mutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns If the BBB is not able to facilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies under the Federal Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C 2301 et seq To the extent permitted by the applicable state Lemon Law you are also required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the Lemon Law If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or the applicable state Lemon Law you are not required to first use BBB AUTO LINE Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance The whole process normally takes 40 days or less The arbitration decision is not binding on you or Mazda unless you accept the decision For more information about BBB AUTO LINE including current eligibility standards please call 1 800 955 5100 or visit the BBB website at www lemonlaw bbb org Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda We hope to satisfy every customer directly but if there is ever a question about our d
386. s moving Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving for any reason other than in an emergency is dangerous Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving will result in reduced braking ability due to the loss of power braking which could cause an accident and serious injury j Stop the vehicle completely N Manual transaxle Shift into neutral Automatic transaxle Shift the shift lever to the P position 3 Switch the ignition from ON to OFF CAUTION When leaving the vehicle make sure the ignition is switched off NOTE The cooling fan in the engine compartment could turn on for a few minutes after the ignition is switched from ON to OFF whether or not the A C is on or off to cool the engine compartment quickly Brake System V Foot Brake Your Mazda has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal use Should power assist fail you can stop by applying greater force than normal to the brake pedal But the distance required to stop will be greater than usual Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Do not coast with the engine stalled or turned off find a safe place to stop Coasting with the engine stalled or turned off is dangerous Braking will require more effort and the brake s power assist could be depleted if you pump the brake This will cause longer stopping distances or even an accident Shift to a lower gear when going down steep
387. s poor If this happens check if the Bluetooth adapter is properly connected 6 61 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth Audio Preparation Bluetooth audio device set up Bluetooth audio programming changes deletions and display of programmed device information can be performed 1 The mode changes as follows each time the audio control dial is pressed Select BT SETUP ALC OFF BASS TREB FADE BAL BEEF OH BT SETUP Depending on the mode selected the indication changes 2 Turn the audio control dial and select a desired mode PAIR DEVICE F LA LINK CHANGE LFN A PAIR DELETE VS re DEWICE IMFO v4 GO BACK k 6 62 Display Mode Function PAIR DEVICE Pairing Bluetooth audio program mode device programming Changing link LINK CHANGE Link change fi Bluetooth mode audio device Pairi Deleting link PAIR DELETE PREE to Bluetooth deletion mode audio device Displaying Device vehicle s DEVICE INFO information Bluetooth display mode Junit information 3 Press the audio control dial to determine the mode Bluetooth audio device programming Any Bluetooth audio device must be _ programmed to the vehicle s Bluetooth unit before it can be listened to over the vehicle s speakers A maximum of seven devices including
388. s the next eight characters Press the scroll button SCRL again after the last eight characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Press the scroll button SCRL while the short name is displayed to switch the display to the long name Three seconds after scrolling the long name the display automatically returns to display the first part of the long name Three more seconds and the short name appears If there is no category name No CATEGORY is displayed Artist name display When the text button TEXT is pressed while in category name display mode it changes to the artist name display mode To display the rest of the characters of the artist s name press the scroll button SCRL The display scrolls the next eight characters Press the scroll button SCRL again after the last eight characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title 6 36 e Three seconds after scrolling the artist name the display automatically return to display the first part of the artist s name e If there is no artist s name No ARTIST is displayed Song title display e When the text button TEXT is pressed while in artist name display mode it changes to the song title display mode To display the rest of the characters of the song title press the scroll button SCRL The display scrolls the next eight characters Press the scroll button SCRL again after the l
389. seat NOTE e Installation position is determined by the type of child restraint system Always read the manufacturer s instructions and this owner s manual carefully Due to variations in the design of child restraint systems vehicle seats and seat belts all child restraint systems may not fit all seating positions Before purchasing a child restraint system it should be tested in the specific vehicle seating position or positions where it is intended to be used If a previously purchased child restraint system does not fit you may need to purchase a different one that will Infant seat An infant seat provides restraint by bracing the infant s head neck and back against the seating surface Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Child seat A child seat restrains a child s body using the harness Booster seat A booster seat is a child restraint accessory designed to improve the fit of the seat belt system around the child s body 2 35 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Installing Child Restraint Systems Accident statistics reveal that a child is safer in the rear seats The front passenger s seat is clearly the worst choice for any child under 12 and with rear facing child restraint systems it is clearly unsafe due to air bags NOTE Even if your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 61 which automatically deactivates the front passen
390. seat belt reminder function for the front passenger s seat If the driver or front passenger s seat belt is unfastened only when the front passenger seat is occupied and the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than about 20 km h 12 mph the warning light will flash and a beep sound will be heard After a short time the warning light stops flashing but remains illuminated and the beep sound stops Until a seat belt is fastened or a given period of time has elapsed the beep sound will not stop even if the vehicle speed falls below 20 km h 12 mph Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems NOTE e The warning light flashes and a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds if the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON e Ifa driver or front passenger s seat belt is unfastened after the beep sound turns off warning light remains illuminated and the vehicle speed exceeds 20 km h 12 mph the warning light flashes and beep sound activates again Placing items on the front passenger seat may cause the front passenger seat belt warning function to operate depending on the weight of the item To allow the front passenger seat weight sensor to function properly do not place and sit on an additional seat cushion on the front passenger seat The sensor may not function properly because the additional seat cushion could cause sensor interference e When a small child sits on t
391. sing and installing add on electrical equipment such as mobile telephones two way radios stereo systems and car alarm systems Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add on equipment or choosing an improper installer is dangerous Essential systems could be damaged causing engine stalling air bag SRS activation ABS TCS DSC inactivation or a fire in the vehicle Mazda assumes no responsibility for death injury or expenses that may result from the installation of add on non genuine parts or accessories 9 18 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Cell Phones Cell Phones Warning A WARNING Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication equipment in vehicles in your State or Province Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones computers portable radios vehicle navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties up the driver s hands Use of these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious accident If a passenger is unable to use the device pull off the right of way to a safe area before use If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning use a hands free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle Never use a cell phone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and instead concentrate on the full time job of driv
392. sistance U S A Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business We are here to serve you All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps NOTE If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y STEP 1 Contact Your Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue e If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician go to STEP 2 Y STEP 2 Contact Mazda North American Operations If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership management or it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to
393. ss 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Select one of the following Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code 6 Say Beep Set pairing code 7 Prompt Your current pairing code is XXXX Do you want to change it to a different pairing code 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt Please say a 4 digit pairing code 10 Say Beep YYYY 11 Prompt YYYY is this correct 12 Say Beep Yes or No 13 If Yes go to Step 14 If No the procedure returns to Step 9 14 Prompt Your new pairing code is YYYY Use this pairing code when pairing devices to the Hands free system Do you want to pair a device now 15 Say Beep Yes or No 16 If Yes the system switches to the device registration mode If No the system returns to standby status 6 75 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Device programming Pairing To use Bluetooth Hands Free the device equipped with Bluetooth has to be programmed to the hands free unit using the following procedure A maximum of seven devices including hands free mobile phones and Bluetooth audio devices can be programmed to one vehicle NOTE e A device can be programmed only when the vehi
394. ssure sensors In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire NOTE e Make sure the jack is well lubricated before using it With Tire Pressure Monitoring System e Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are changed page 5 32 m Park on a level surface off the right of way and firmly set the parking brake 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transaxle in Park P a manual transaxle in Reverse R or 1 and turn off the engine 3 Turn on the hazard warning flasher 4 Have everyone get out of the vehicle and away from the vehicle and traffic 5 Remove the jack tool and spare tire page 7 3 6 Block the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire When blocking a wheel place a tire block both in front and behind the tire NOTE When blocking a tire use rocks or wood blocks of sufficient size if possible to hold the tire in place In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire V Removing a Flat Tire 1 Loosen the lug nuts by turning them counterclockwise one turn each but do not remove any lug nuts until the tire has been raised off the ground 2 Place the jack on the ground 3 Turn the jack screw in the direction shown in the figure and adjust the jack head so that it is close to the jack up position Jack head 7 8 4 Place the jack under the jack up position closest to the tire being changed with the jack head squarely under the jack up point
395. sure by tire size and other important information on the driver s side B pillar or on the edge of the driver s door frame SAMPLE in TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT V SEATING CAPACITY l FRONT REAR NOMBRE DE PLaces TOTAL 5 AVANT 2 ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed kg or Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer XXX kg ou XXX Ib COLD TIRE PRESSURE Je tents SIZE PRESSION DES ERONT P195 70R14 200 kPa 29 psi abate i VOIR LE MANUEL OE P195 70R14 200 kPa 29 psi DE L USAGER POUR PLUS DE pE Secours 7125 70D15 420kPa 60psi GARAGEN TIRE V Recommended Tire Inflation Pressure On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle It is very important that the inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is maintained Refer to Tires on page 10 6 NOTE Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended cold tire inflation pressure measured when the tires are cold after the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours As you drive the temperature in the tire warms up increasing the tire
396. system it may use LATCH system instead of seat belts or if the belt goes across the child s chest may recommend against using automatic locking mode 1 If the seat in which you install a child restraint system has a seat slide function slide the seat as far back as possible 2 Make sure the seatback is securely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked 3 Third row seat Raise the head restraint to the top locked position Refer to Head Restraints on page 2 14 NOTE Second row seat The second row outboard head restraints are non adjustable 4 Secure the child restraint system with the lap portion of the lap shoulder belt See the manufacturer s instructions on the child restraint system for belt routing instructions 5 To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 6 Push the child restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible A clicking noise from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in the automatic locking mode If the belt does not lock the seat down tight repeat this step NOTE Inspect this function before each use of the child restraint system You should not be able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the aut
397. t A CAUTION gt Keep your foot off the clutch pedal except when shifting gears Also do not use the clutch to hold the vehicle on an upgrade Riding the clutch will cause needless clutch wear and damage gt Do not apply any excessive lateral force to the gear lever when changing from 5th to 4th gear This could lead to the accidental selection of 2nd gear which can result in damage to the transaxle gt Make sure the vehicle comes to a complete stop before shifting to R Shifting to R while the vehicle is still moving may damage the transaxle NOTE If shifting to R is difficult shift back into neutral release the clutch pedal and try again V Recommendations for Shifting Upshifting For normal acceleration we recommend these shift points Gear Vehicle speed 1 to2 25 km h 15 mph 2 to 3 42 km h 26 mph 3 to4 60 km h 37 mph 4to5 75 km h 46 mph 5 to 6 79 km h 49 mph For cruising Gear Vehicle speed 1 to2 13 km h 8 mph 2 to 3 29 km h 18 mph 3 to4 49 km h 30 mph 4to5 63 km h 39 mph 5 to 6 70 km h 43 mph Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade downshift before the engine starts to overwork This reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you need more speed On a steep downgrade downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life Driving Your Mazda Starting a
398. t Vehicles with a front passenger air bag have a warning label attached as shown below The warning label reminds you not to put a rear facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat at any time wk Do not install a front facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat unless it is unavoidable In a collision the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child If installing a front facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat is unavoidable move the front passenger seat as far back as possible 2 32 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Seating a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous under certain conditions With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors Even with the front passenger seat weight sensors if you must use the front passenger seat to seat a child using a child restraint system on the front passenger seat under the following conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deploying and could result in serious injury or death to the child gt The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when seating a child in the child restraint system gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint system gt A rear passenger or luggage pushing or pullin
399. t broadcasting NOTE If the last channel selected has become unavailable because of a channel update the above indication is displayed until any button is pressed Preset channel programming Programming with channel number display 1 Select the desired channel to be programmed At this point the following is displayed SR bank number channel number 2 Keep pressing the channel preset button for 1 5 seconds or more The programming process is complete after the channel number flashes Then SR bank number is displayed and a beep sound is heard at the same time 3 SR bank number CH preset number channel number are displayed 6 33 Interior Comfort Audio System Programming with text display e g channel name 1 Select the desired channel to be programmed At this point the following is displayed SR bank number selected text e g channel name 2 Keep pressing the channel preset button for 1 5 seconds or more The programming process is complete after the text e g channel name flashes Then SR bank number is displayed and you will hear beep sound at the same time 3 SR bank number CH preset number channel number are displayed 4 Three seconds later it returns to normal display SR bank number text e g channel name NOTE Six stations can be stored in each bank SR1 SR2 and SR3 for convenient access to
400. t could cause short circuiting of electrical electronic parts or engine damage or stalling from water absorption If the vehicle has been immersed in water consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 4 10 Overloading A WARNING Be careful not to overload your vehicle The gross axle weight rating GAWR and the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR of your vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver s door frame Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage You can estimate the weight of your load by weighing the items or people before putting them in the vehicle Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Driving on Uneven Road Your vehicle s suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough uneven roads or over speed bumps at excessive speeds Use care and reduce speed when traveling on rough uneven roads or over speed bumps Use care not to damage the vehicle s underbody bumpers or muffler s when driving under the following conditions e Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition angle e Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class leading performance and handling As a result the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can be damaged if driven through potholes or on rough uneven roads at excessive speeds Use care and reduce speed when tra
401. t force and speed directly expanding along the door on the side the car is hit Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaning against a window or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front seatbacks Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by sitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air bags deploy Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing something in front of them is dangerous In an accident an object could interfere with air bag inflation and injure the occupants 2 48 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys Attaching objects to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the seat in any way is dangerous In an accident the object could interfere with the side air bag which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats impeding the added protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous Furthermore the bag could be cut open releasing the gas Do not hang net bags map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front seats Never use seat covers on the front seats Always keep the side air bag modules in your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision Do not a
402. t may illuminate If this occurs it is the result of the weak battery and does not indicate an ABS malfunction Recharge the battery The brake assist system does not operate while the ABS warning light is illuminated V Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning O BRAKE If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some components are operating incorrectly the control unit may illuminate the brake system warning light and the ABS warning light on simultaneously The problem is likely to be the electronic brake force distribution system A WARNING Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated simultaneously is dangerous When both lights are illuminated the rear wheels could lock more quickly in an emergency stop than under normal circumstances Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving YW Brake Assist During emergency braking situations when it is necessary to depress the brake pedal with greater force the brake assist system provides braking assistance thus enhancing braking performance When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly the brakes apply more firmly NOTE When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed
403. t second row seat make sure the storage box is stowed If the storage box is not stowed it could be damaged NOTE To create a flat luggage compartment space from the rear of the vehicle to the back of the front seats fold the second row and third row seats page 2 10 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Returning seatbacks to their original positions 1 Return the seatback to its original position while raising its lever Make sure the seatback is secured by attempting to lightly move it forward and back 2 Return the seat bottom to its original position and secure it After returning the seat bottom to its original position make sure the seat bottom is secured by attempting to lightly move it up and down Lift the head restraint upward to its upright position 2 9 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Third Row Seat A WARNING Do not stack cargo higher than the seatbacks Stacking luggage or other cargo higher than the seatbacks is dangerous During a sudden stop or collision objects can fly around and become projectiles that could hit and injure passengers Make sure luggage and cargo are secured before driving Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury Do not drive with the seatback unlocked All of the seatbacks play an important role in your protection in a vehicle Leaving the seatback
404. ted during a call 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Mute 3 Prompt Microphone muted Canceling mute 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Mute off 3 Prompt Microphone unmuted Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Y Transferring a Call Transferring a call from Hands Free to a device Mobile phone Communication between the hands free unit and a device Mobile phone is canceled and the line can be switched to a standard call using a device Mobile phone 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Transfer call 3 Prompt Transferred call to phone Transferring a call from a device Mobile phone to Hands Free Communication between devices Mobile phone can be switched to Bluetooth Hands Free 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Transfer call 3 Prompt Transferred call to Hands Free system VY Multi Call Functions Call waiting A call can be interrupted to receive an incoming call from a third party Call interrupt A call can be switched to a new incoming call Method 1 1 Press the pick up button 2 Prompt Swapping calls Method 2 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Swap calls 6 81 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 3 Prompt Swapping calls NOTE To refuse an incoming call press
405. th to an out of position child Furthermore leaning over or against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection With the front air bag and the additional side air bag that comes out of the front seat the rear seat is always a better location for children Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the side window even if the child is seated in a child restraint system V Front Passenger s Seat Child Restraint System Installation 1 Switch the ignition ON 2 Slide the seat as far back as possible 3 Place the child restraint system on the seat without putting your weight on the seat and fasten the seat belt See the manufacturer s instructions on the child restraint system for belt routing instructions 4 To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor 5 Push the child restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible A clicking noise from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in automatic locking mode If the belt does not lock the seat down tight repeat the previous step and also this one NOTE Inspect this function before each use of the child restraint system You should not be able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while
406. the seatback Adjustable seats that are not securely latched are dangerous In a sudden stop or collision the seat or seatback could move causing injury Never allow children to adjust a seat Allowing children to adjust a seat is dangerous as it could result in serious injury if a child s hands or feet become caught in the seat Adjust the seat only when the vehicle is stopped Adjusting the seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Sudden braking or a collision could cause serious injury Essential Safety Equipment Seats Do not drive with the seatback unlocked All of the seatbacks play an important role in your protection in a vehicle Leaving the seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision resulting in severe injury After adjusting the seatback at any time even when there are no other passengers rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place Never allow a passenger to sit or stand on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving Driving with a passenger on the folded seatback is dangerous Allowing a child to sit up on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving is particularly dangerous In a sudden stop or even a minor collision a child not in a proper seat or child restraint system and seat belt could be thrown forward back or even out of the vehicle resulting in serious inj
407. the speed of the vehicle For example when traveling at 90 km h 56 mph the paint chipping zone is 50 m 164 ft In low temperatures a vehicle s finish hardens This increases the chance of paint chipping e Chipped paint can lead to rust forming on your Mazda Before this happens repair the damage by using Mazda touch up paint according to the instructions in this section Failure to repair the affected area could lead to serious rusting and expensive repairs 8 57 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care Exterior Care Follow all label and container directions when using a chemical cleaner or polish Read all warnings and cautions 8 58 Y Maintaining the Finish Washing A CAUTION gt When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON the wipers may move automatically in the following cases gt If the windshield above the rain sensor is touched or wiped with a cloth gt If the windshield is struck with a hand or other object from either outside or inside the vehicle Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades damaged when the wipers activate automatically If you are going to clean the windshield be sure the wipers are turned off completely this is particularly important when clearing ice and snow when it is most likely that t
408. the United States Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards Therefore vehicles built for use in the United States may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside the United States However in the event that you are moving to Canada permanently Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards CMVSS NOTE The above is applicable for a permanent import export situation and not related to travelers on vacation You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United States e Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine e Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available Please refer to your Manufacturer s Warranty Booklet for more information 9 15 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside Canada Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety regulations There
409. the cover slightly to clear the lock 7 19 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting 3 Pull out the battery cover being careful not to allow it to contact the cowl grille Battery cover Cowl grille Installing battery cover 1 Being careful not to contact the cowl grille insert the tabs on the one end of the battery cover into the holes of the battery tray and engage the tabs Cowl grille 7 20 2 Attach the clips on both sides of the battery cover Make sure the booster battery is 12 V and that its negative terminal is grounded If the booster battery is in another vehicle don t allow both vehicles to touch Turn off the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and all unnecessary electrical loads in both vehicles Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence as in the illustration Connect one end of a cable to the positive terminal on the discharged battery 1 Attach the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Connect one end of the other cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery 3 Connect the other end to the ground point indicated in the illustration away from the discharged battery 4 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run it a few minutes Then start the engine of the other vehicle In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting 6 When finished carefully disconnect the ca
410. the pedal 1 Remove the shift lock override cover using a cloth wrapped flat head screwdriver 2 Insert a screwdriver and push it down 3 Move the shift lever 4 Take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the system checked V Manual Shift Mode This mode gives you the feel of driving a manual transaxle vehicle by operating the shift lever and allows you to control engine rpm and torque to the front wheels much like a manual transaxle when more control is desired To change to manual shift mode shift the lever from D to M NOTE Changing to manual shift mode while driving will not damage the transaxle To return to automatic shift mode shift the lever from M to D NOTE e Ifyou change to manual shift mode when the vehicle is stopped the gear will shift to M1 Ifyou change to manual shift mode without depressing the accelerator pedal when driving in D range Sth gear the gear will shift to M4 Indicators Manual shift mode indicator In manual shift mode the M of the shift position indicator in the instrument panel illuminates Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Gear position indicator The numeral for the selected gear illuminates Shift position indicator SD range gear position indicator ICW NOTE Ifthe gears cannot be shifted down when driving at higher speeds the gear position indicator will flash twice to signal that the gears can
411. the system is in the automatic locking mode When you remove the child restraint system be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully Depending on the type of child restraint system it may not employ seat belts which are in automatic locking mode 6 Seat your child safely in the child restraint system and secure the child according to the instructions from the child restraint system manufacturer Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 7 With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates after installing a child restraint system on the front passenger seat If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate remove the child restraint system switch the ignition to OFF or ACC and then re install the child restraint system PASS AIRBAG OFF 2 41 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint A WARNING Do not seat a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System While it is always better to install any child restraint system on the rear seat it is imperative that a child
412. the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s 9 10 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Mexico Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business We are here to serve you All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps V Contact Your Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue e If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER e Ifit becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical condition in accordance with a certified physician you must contact your dealership in order to avoid the potential loss of the warranty of your vehicle which may occur if some third party is hired by the customer to make any modifications to this system Log on at www MazdaMexico com mx Answers to many questions including how to locate or contact a loc
413. the vehicle slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal e e e e e e Y Snow Tires Use snow tires on all four wheels Do not go faster than 120 km h 75 mph while driving with snow tires Inflate snow tires 30 kPa 0 3 kgf em 4 3 psi more than recommended on the tire pressure label driver s door frame but never more than the maximum cold tire pressure shown on the tires Your vehicle is originally equipped with all season radials designed to be used all year around In some extreme climates you may find it necessary to replace them with snow tires during the winter months to further improve traction on snow and ice covered roads A WARNING Use only the same size and type tires snow radial or non radial on all four wheels Using tires different in size or type is dangerous Your vehicle s handling could be greatly affected and result in an accident A CAUTION Check local regulations before using studded tires NOTE If your vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system the system may not function correctly when using tires with steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls page 5 32 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips YW Tire Chains Check local regulations before using tire chains A CAUTION gt Chains may affect handling gt Do not go faster than 50 km h 30 mp
414. tic mechanical function and can activate in any accident mode with sufficient occupant movement Even if the pretensioners have not deployed the load limiting function must be checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer after any collision A WARNING Wear seat belts only as recommended in this owner s manual Incorrect positioning of the driver and front passenger seat belts is dangerous Without proper positioning the pretensioner and load limiting systems cannot provide adequate protection in an accident and this could result in serious injury For more details about wearing seat belts refer to Fastening the seat belts page 2 22 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Have your seat belts changed NOTE immediately if the pretensioner or load e The pretensioner system will activate in a limiter has been expended moderate or greater frontal or near frontal Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision Like the air bags the front seat belt pretensioners and load limiters will only function once and must be replaced after any collision that caused them to deploy A seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt at all however if the front seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced the risk of injury in a collision will increase or a severe side collision It will
415. tioned above For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 58 With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System In addition the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat For details refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classification system page 2 61 V Side Air Bags The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force the system inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit The side air bag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger s chest caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 58 2 55 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System In addition the front passenger side air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat For details refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classification system page 2 61 V Curtain Air Bags The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides When the air bag crash senso
416. tioning the Lap Portion of the Seat Belt The lap portion of the seat belt worn too high is dangerous In a collision this would concentrate the impact force directly on the abdominal area causing serious injury Wear the lap portion of the belt snugly and as low as possible V Unfastening the Seat Belt Depress the button on the seat belt buckle If the belt does not fully retract pull it out and check for kinks or twists Then make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts A r TF NOTE Ifa belt does not fully retract inspect it for kinks and twists If it is still not retracting properly have it inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer To secure the outboard rear row seat belts when not in use insert the belts into their seat belt retainers Seat belt retainer Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems V Front Shoulder Belt Adjuster Adjust the height of the shoulder belt if the seat belt touches your neck or if it crosses your arm instead of your shoulder To raise the shoulder belt adjuster push the adjuster up To lower the shoulder belt adjuster pull the adjuster and slide it down Make sure the adjuster is locked To raise To lower ee at Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous Always make sure the shoulder portion of the seat belt is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck
417. tions Scanning stops at each station for about 5 seconds To hold a station press the scan button SCAN again during this interval Preset channel tuning The 6 preset channels can be used to store 6 AM and 12 FM stations 1 To set a channel first select AM FM1 or FM2 Tune to the desired station 2 Depress a channel preset button for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard The preset channel number and station frequency will be displayed The station is now held in the memory 3 Repeat this operation for the other stations and bands you want to store To tune one in the memory select AM FM1 or FM2 and then press its channel preset button The station frequency and the channel number will be displayed Auto memory tuning This is especially useful when driving in an area where the local stations are not known Additional AM FM stations can be stored without disturbing the previously set channels Press and hold the auto memory button AUTO M for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard the system will automatically scan and temporarily store up to 6 stations with the strongest frequencies in each selected band in that area Interior Comfort Audio System After scanning is completed the station with the strongest frequency will be tuned and its frequency displayed Press and release the auto memory button AUTO M to recall stations from the auto stored stations One stored station will b
418. tooth unit or changed Refer to Bluetooth Audio on page 6 60 6 26 Some models MEMO 6 27 Interior Comfort Audio System Vv Operating the Radio Band selector button Seek tuning buttons Manual tuning dial Mute button Auto memory button A REPLAY QNE F D_i sat MPI WMA AAC BSE Channel preset buttons Radio ON Press a band selector button FM AM to turn the radio on Band selection Successively pressing the band selector button FM AM switches the bands as follows FM1 gt FM2 AM The selected mode will be indicated If FM stereo is being received ST will be displayed NOTE If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak reception automatically changes from STEREO to MONO for reduced noise and the ST indicator will go out 6 28 Scan button Tuning The radio has the following tuning methods Manual Seek Scan Preset channel and Auto memory tuning The easiest way to tune stations is to set them on preset channels Manual tuning Turning the manual tuning dial will change the frequency higher or lower Seek tuning Pressing the seek tuning button A V will cause the tuner to seek a higher or lower frequency automatically NOTE If you continue to press and hold the button the frequency will continue changing without stopping Scan tuning Press the scan button SCAN to automatically sample strong sta
419. ts On Indicator Light 5 56 5 45 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Signal Warning Indicator Lights Page A Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light 5 56 Turn Signal Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5 56 V Brake System Warning Light BRAKE This warning has the following functions Parking brake warning Warning light inspection The light illuminates when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switched to START or ON It turns off when the parking brake is fully released Low brake fluid level warning If the brake warning light remains illuminated even though the parking brake is released the brake fluid may be low or there could be a problem with the brake system Park the vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 46 A WARNING Do not drive with the brake system warning light illuminated Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous It indicates that your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time If this light remains illuminated after checking that the parking brake is fully released have the brakes inspected immediately A CAUTION In addition the effectiveness of the braking may diminish so you may need to depress the brake pedal more strongly tha
420. ts off NOTE The fog lights will turn off when the headlights are set at high beam With auto light control If the headlight switch is in the AUTO position the fog lights can be turned on when the headlights the exterior lights and dashboard illumination are on 5 64 Some models Windshield Wipers and DENI The ignition must be switched ON A WARNING Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous If sprayed on the windshield it will dirty the windshield affect your visibility and could result in an accident Only use windshield washer fluid mixed with anti freeze protection in freezing weather conditions Using windshield washer fluid without anti freeze protection in freezing weather conditions is dangerous as it could freeze on the windshield and block your vision which could cause an accident In addition make sure the windshield is sufficiently warmed using the defroster before spraying the washer fluid NOTE Because heavy ice and snow can jam the wiper blades the wiper motor is protected from motor breakdown overheating and possible fire by a circuit breaker This mechanism will automatically stop operation of the blades but only for about 5 minutes If this happens turn off the wiper switch and park off the right of way and remove the snow and ice After 5 minutes turn on the switch and the blades shou
421. ttach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the windshield glass side door glass front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge and assist grips is dangerous In an accident the object could interfere with the curtain air bag which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous Furthermore the bag could be cut open releasing the gas Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips When hanging clothes hang them on the coat hook directly Always keep the curtain air bag modules free to deploy in the event of a side collision Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous The components essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged and in the event of a side collision the appropriate air bags may not deploy which could result in death or serious injury To prevent damage to the components essential to the supplemental restraint system do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have inflated Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have inflate
422. uipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Do not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat required for air bag deployment is dangerous The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight condition and the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy during an accident The front passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag which could result in serious injury Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat could result in an air bag not deploying under the following conditions for example gt A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with their feet gt Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat bottom gt The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entire weight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door grasping the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatback reclined too far gt Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretension
423. uld damage the cooling system gt Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze This would reduce effectiveness gt If the FL22 mark is shown on or near the cooling system cap use of FL 22 is recommended when replacing engine coolant Using engine coolant other than FL 22 may cause serious damage to the engine and cooling system ae Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance If the coolant reservoir is empty or new coolant is required frequently consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 23 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Brake Clutch Fluid V Inspecting Brake Clutch Fluid Level A WARNING If the brake clutch fluid level is low have the brakes inspected A low brake clutch fluid level is dangerous A low level could indicate brake lining wear or a brake system leak which could cause the brakes to fail and lead to an accident The brakes and clutch draw fluid from the same reservoir Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir regularly It should be kept between the MAX and MIN lines The level normally drops with accumulated distance a condition associated with wear of brake and clutch linings If it is excessively low have the brake clutch system inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 24 Power Steering Fluid V Inspecting Power Steering Fluid Level A CAUTION To avoid damage to the power steering pump do not operate the vehicle for long periods wh
424. unit device is displayed Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio 4 Rotate the audio control dial to select the information for the Bluetooth unit which you would like to view Device name cc A h N BT address A CO BACK NOTE When GO BACK is selected and the audio control dial is pressed the display returns to DEVICE INFO V How to Use the Bluetooth Audio System Switching to Bluetooth audio mode To listen to music or voice audio recorded to a Bluetooth audio device switch to the Bluetooth audio mode to operate the audio device using the audio system control panel Any Bluetooth audio device must be programmed to the vehicle s Bluetooth unit before it can be used Refer to Bluetooth audio device programming 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON 2 Turn on the Bluetooth audio device s power Make sure that the a symbol is displayed in the information display The symbol is not displayed if an unprogrammed Bluetooth audio device is being used or the vehicle s Bluetooth unit has a malfunction 6 67 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio NOTE Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the fA symbol is displayed 3 Press the source change button Aix to switch to the Bluetooth audio mode and start playback If the current device version is lower than AVRCP Ver
425. upplied or a soft cloth 4 Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth NOTE A spot remover to remove oil tar and similar materials will usually also take off the wax Rewax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not need it V Repairing Damage to the Finish Deep scratches or chips on the finish should be repaired promptly Exposed metal quickly rusts and can lead to major repairs A CAUTION If your Mazda is damaged and needs metal parts repaired or replaced make sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to all parts both repaired and new This will prevent them from rusting V Bright Metal Maintenance e Use tar remover to remove road tar and insects Never do this with a knife or similar tool e To prevent corrosion on bright metal surfaces apply wax or chrome preservative and rub it to a high luster During cold weather or in coastal areas cover bright metal parts with a coating of wax or preservative heavier than usual It would also help to coat them with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or some other protective compound A CAUTION Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration V Underbody Maintenance Road chemicals and salt used for ice and snow removal and solvents used for dust contr
426. ur finger approx 4 mm 0 2 in Then lift the cover slightly to clear the lock 3 Pull out the battery cover being careful not to allow it to contact the cowl grille Battery cover Cowl grille Installing battery cover 1 Being careful not to contact the cowl grille insert the tabs on the one end of the battery cover into the holes of the battery tray and engage the tabs Cowl grille Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 2 Attach the clips on both sides of the battery cover To get the best service from a battery e Keep it securely mounted e Keep the top clean and dry Keep terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse off spilled electrolyte immediately with a solution of water and baking soda If the vehicle will not be used for an extended time disconnect the battery cables 8 35 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Y Battery Replacement Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for a battery replacement purchase 8 36 Tires For reasons of proper performance safety and better fuel economy always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the recommended load limits and weight distribution A WARNING Using Different Tire Types Driving your vehicle with different types of tires is dangerous It could cause poor handling and poor braking leading to loss of control Exce
427. uries or death The child in the baggage area could be thrown into other occupants and cause serious injury A CAUTION Be careful not to place your hands and fingers around moving parts of the second row seat when adjusting the seat positions to prevent injury NOTE The second row seats cannot be removed Essential Safety Equipment Seats VW Seat Slide To move the seat forward or backward raise the lever and slide the seat to the desired position and release the lever CAP Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seat is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward 2 6 V Seat Recline A WARNING Do not drive with the seats reclined Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you do not get the full protection from the seat belts During sudden braking or a collision you can slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries For maximum protection sit well back and upright Do not recline a second row seatback when the third row seat is occupied Reclining the second row seatback when the third row seat is occupied is dangerous Because the clearance in the third row seat is limited occupants in the third row seat could be hurt seriously on a reclined second row seatback To change the seatback angle lean forward slightly while raising the lever Then lean back to the desired position and release the lever
428. us With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision 2 16 Some models The front seats are electrically heated The ignition must be switched ON Press the switch to turn the seat warmer on or off When the switch is in the ON position the indicator light will come on Essential Safety Equipment Seats NOTE amp WARNING e Use the seat warmer when the engine is gt Be careful when using the seat running and do not continue to use it for a warmer The heat from the seat long period of time warmer may be too hot for some e The temperature of the seat warmer cannot people as indicated below and be adjusted because the seat warmer is could cause a low temperature controlled by a thermostat burn gt Infants small babies elderly people and physically challenged people gt People with delicate skin gt People who are excessively fatigued gt People who are intoxicated gt People who have taken sleep inducing medicine such as sleeping pills or cold medicine gt Do not use the seat warmer with anything having high moisture retention ability such as a blanket or cushion on the seat The seat may be heated excessively and cause a low temperature burn gt Do not use the seat warmer even when taking a short nap in the vehicle The seat may be heated excessively and cause a low temperature burn gt Do not place heavy objects with sharp projections on the seat or
429. use a wire brush or any abrasive cleaner polishing compound or solvent on aluminum wheels They may damage the coating Always use a sponge or soft cloth to clean the wheels Rinse the wheels thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on dusty or salted roads to help prevent corrosion Avoid washing your vehicle in an automatic car wash that uses high speed or hard brushes If your aluminum wheels lose luster wax the wheels With Tire Pressure Monitoring System Check special requirements for Tire Pressure Monitoring System Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 32 YW Plastic Part Maintenance When cleaning the plastic lenses of the lights do not use gasoline kerosene rectified spirit paint thinner highly acidic detergents or strongly alkaline detergents Otherwise these chemical agents can discolor or damage the surfaces resulting in a significant loss in functionality If plastic parts become inadvertently exposed to any of these chemical agents flush with water immediately If plastic parts such as the bumpers become inadvertently exposed to chemical agents or fluids such as gasoline oil engine coolant or battery fluid it could cause discoloration staining or paint peeling Wipe off any such chemical agents or fluids using a soft cloth immediately 8 62 e High water temperature and high water pressure car washers are available depending on the type o
430. uthorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an air bag equipped vehicle NOTE If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer refer to Customer Assistance U S A page 9 2 2 67 2 68 Knowing Your Mazda Explanation of basic operations and controls opening closing and adjustment of various parts Doors and Locks iweceiccsesecccssscissenccovecscsncccsesstsoensevongecestsvesdescsesusssases 3 2 I CE EE E E T 3 2 Keyless Entry System 0 ccceecceseeeeeessceeeeeeeseeseeeaeeneesaeeeenes 3 3 Door LOCKS meinten arae a a a E T A A A e a 3 9 Liftgate en ae ean rae EA A T 3 13 Power WindowsS ccccescssseeseeseeseeeseeseeeeeceeeesecaeenseeaeeeseeeeesees 3 16 Fuel Filler Lid and Cap cccccccesesssesseeeeeeseeseeeeeeseeeeeeseeseesees 3 19 Hood eaves Hecate ea atau E E E E N KER E 3 21 Moonroof eet ate eat cet cle to citi aot cate Nee 3 22 Security System cccsscssscsessccsscsssssssssesscssssssssscosscssssssssesees 3 25 Immobilizer Systemsin r E E As 3 25 Theft Deterrent System Da esse eee eA a ae a E N 3 29 Steering Wheel and Mirrors s sessssesseroeseroeeoeseeoeseeoesorseeoeserseeose 3 32 Steerns Wheel 2 css nean nn See n ee ae 3 32 MUmrots 3 3 4 0 deitietn detainee os eee ieee
431. veling on rough uneven roads or through potholes 4 11 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing Trailer Towing Your Mazda is not designed for towing Never tow a trailer with your Mazda 4 12 Instrument Cluster and Indicators Meters and Gauges ccsccescesceeseeseeeseesseeseeseeeseeseeeseeseesneens Switches and Controls Lighting Control 2 s c cc sccsceesticracicesvtenscdesveiivees o i Turn and Lane Change Signals eccescesseeseeseeeteeeeeeeees POG Ti A we ete has raat ate aac oe ee Soe deat arts Windshield Wipers and Washer ccccceseeeseeteeseeeseeteeeees Rear Window Wiper and Washer ccc cesccsceeseeseeeteeteeeees Rear Window Defogger c cecceescessesseesseeseeeeeeseeeenseeseenees Orin ice ah ee tate seat ie itn ete ade tl estates yt Hazard Warning Flasher cccceeseesceeseeseeeceeeenteeseeseensees Driving Your Mazda Explanation of instruments and controls Starting and Driving Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Warning Indicator Lights 0 ccseeeseeeeesceeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeees Beep Sounds eend ava ie ie ae Some models Ignition Switch niiay fen hai Oe teed Starting the Engine 0 cecceeeseescesceeeeseeseeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeesees Turning the Engine Off cccccececeeseeseeeeeeeeeseeseeeseeseenseens Brake System ni ta tshid s ee ae ee a a Manual Transaxle Operation eeeeesceeeeeseeeeeeeseeseeeeeees Automatic
432. ving adjust the audio volume to a level that allows you to hear sounds outside of the vehicle including car horns and particularly emergency vehicle sirens NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the audio system on for a long period of time when the engine is not running e Ifa cellular phone or CB radio is used in or near the vehicle it could cause noise to occur from the audio system however this does not indicate that the system has been damaged 6 12 V Radio Reception AM characteristics AM signals bend around such things as buildings or mountains and bounce off the ionosphere Therefore they can reach longer distances than FM signals Because of this two stations may sometimes be picked up on the same frequency at the same time Ionosphere Station 1 Station 2 FM characteristics An FM broadcast range is usually about 40 50 km 25 30 miles from the source Because of extra coding needed to break the sound into two channels stereo FM has even less range than monaural non stereo FM amp FM Station 40 S50km 25 30 miles D Signals from an FM transmitter are similar to beams of light because they do not bend around corners but they do reflect Unlike AM signals FM signals cannot travel beyond the horizon Therefore FM stations cannot be received at the great distances possible with AM reception Ionosphere FM wave AM wave FM wave A
433. ward tighten them by hand A WARNING Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts and do not tighten the lug nuts beyond the recommended tightening torque Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts is dangerous The lug nuts could loosen while driving and cause the tire to come off resulting in an accident In addition lug nuts and bolts could be damaged if tightened more than necessary 7 11 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 4 Turn the lug wrench counterclockwise and lower the vehicle Use the lug wrench to tighten the nuts in the order shown If you are unsure of how tight the nuts should be have them inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Nut tightening torque N m kgfm ft lbf 88 118 9 12 65 87 A WARNING Always securely and correctly tighten the lug nuts Improperly or loosely tightened lug nuts are dangerous The wheel could wobble or come off This could result in loss of vehicle control and cause a serious accident Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you removed or replace them with metric nuts of the same configuration Because the wheel studs and lug nuts on your Mazda have metric threads using a non metric nut is dangerous On a metric stud it would not secure the wheel and would damage the stud which could cause the wheel to slip off and cause an accident 5 Replace the cargo sub compartment 7 12 6 Remove the lid by pressing the t
434. wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged gt The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors VVVVVV V NOTE Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors whenever tires or wheels are replaced Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 32 When replacing a wheel make sure the new one is the same as the original factory wheel in diameter rim width and offset inset outset Proper tire balancing provides the best riding comfort and helps reduce tread wear Out of balance tires can cause vibration and uneven wear such as cupping and flat spots Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 8 41 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Light Bulbs SS A e P R y r gm ie ______ Side turn signal lights Fog lights Headlights High beam Headlights Low beam Overhead light Rear High mount brake lig Front turn signal lights Front side marker lights Parking lights License plate lights Reverse lights Luggage compartment light Brake lights Taillights Rear side marker lights Rear turn signal lights Some models 8 42 A WARNING Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous Be
435. while driving turn off the engine after parking in a safe place and then start the engine again If the light does not illuminate after restarting the engine this indicates that the power steering is restored and normal steering is possible If the light remains illuminated the power steering is still inoperable Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE The power steering system is inoperable when the power steering malfunction indicator light illuminates Steering is possible but requires more physical effort Repeatedly jerking the steering wheel left and right while the vehicle is stopped or moving at slow speeds will cause the power steering system to go into protective mode which will make the steering feel heavy but this does not indicate a malfunction If this occurs park the vehicle safely and wait a few minutes for the system to return to normal Cruise Control With cruise control you can set and automatically maintain any speed of more than about 30 km h 19 mph A WARNING Do not use the cruise control under the following conditions Using the cruise control under the following conditions is dangerous and could result in loss of vehicle control gt Hilly terrain gt Steep inclines gt Heavy or unsteady traffic gt Slippery or winding roads gt Similar restrictions that require inconsistent speed VY Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green CRUISE The
436. wing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Y Sunshade The sunshade can be opened and closed by hand The sunshade opens automatically when the moonroof is opened but must be closed by hand we Sunshade gt SS A CAUTION gt The sunshade does not tilt To avoid damaging the sunshade do not push up on it gt Do not close the sunshade while the moonroof is opening Trying to force the sunshade closed could damage it 3 24 Knowing Your Mazda Security System Immobilizer System A CAUTION The immobilizer system allows the engine When starting the engine do not to start only with a key the system allow the following as the engine recognizes may not start due to the electronic signal from the ignition key not being If someone attempts to start the engine transmitted correctly with an unrecognized key the engine will gt A key ring rests on the key grip not start thereby helping to prevent the theft of your vehicle If you have a problem with the immobilizer system or the key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION gt Radio equipment like this is gt Metal parts of other keys or metal governed by laws in the United objects touch the key grip States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment gt To avoid damage to the key do G the ke gt Spare keys or keys for other gt
437. witch for more than 1 5 second 6 98 After pressing the INFO switch L 100 km mpg will be displayed for about minute before the fuel economy is recalculated and displayed Distance to empty mode This mode displays the approximate distance you can travel on the remaining fuel based on the fuel economy The distance to empty will be calculated and displayed every second When this mode is selected RANGE will be displayed U S A RANGE rere Ct 1 CANADA RANGE km a y LS NOTE Even though the distance to empty display may indicate a sufficient amount of remaining mileage before refueling is required refuel as soon as possible if the fuel gauge needle nears E or the low fuel warning light illuminates The display won t change unless you add more than approximately 5 L 6 US qt 5 Imp qt of fuel Average vehicle speed mode This mode displays the average vehicle speed by calculating the distance and the time traveled since connecting the battery or resetting the data Average vehicle speed will be calculated and displayed every 10 seconds When this mode is selected AVG will be displayed U S A AVG mile h m E ag Z Interior Comfort Interior Equipment CANADA AVG km h BEE Lal To clear the data being displayed press the INFO switch for more than 1 5 second After pressing the INFO switch km h mile h will be displayed for about mi
438. witch in the up or down position to seek all usable stations at a higher or lower channel whether programmed or not NOTE During radio reception Radio stations which have been previously stored in the auto memory tuning can be called up by pressing the seek switch up or down while any radio station stored in the auto memory tuning is being received Radio stations can be called up in the order they were stored with each press of the switch up or down Interior Comfort Audio System When playing a CD USB iPod or BT audio Press the seek switch up to skip to the next track Press the seek switch down to repeat the current track Press and hold the seek switch in the up or down position to continuously switch the tracks up or down V Mute Switch Press the mute switch X once to mute audio press it again to resume audio output NOTE If the ignition is switched off with the audio muted the mute will be canceled Therefore when the engine is restarted the audio is not muted To mute the audio again press the mute switch X Without Bluetooth Hands Free Some models 6 49 Interior Comfort Audio System AUX USB iPod Mode Audio can be heard from the vehicle s speakers by connecting a commercially available portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack A commercially available non impedance 3 5 stereo mini plug cable is required Contact an Authorized Mazda Deale
439. wo latches on the cargo sub compartment 7 Remove the belt for securing the flat tire o0 Return the third row seatback to its original position Refer to Folding the Third Row Seat on page 2 10 O Place the flat tire in the cargo sub compartment 10 Thread the belt through the wheel as shown in the figure then attach the belt clips to the cargo securing loops on the back of the third row seat 11 Pull the belt end to secure the flat tire 12 Remove the tire blocks and store the tools and jack In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 13 Check the tire inflation pressure Refer to Tires on page 10 6 14 Have the flat tire repaired or replaced as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive with any tires that have incorrect air pressure Driving on tires with incorrect air pressure is dangerous Tires with incorrect pressure could affect handling and result in an accident When you check the regular tires air pressure check the spare tire too NOTE With Tire Pressure Monitoring System A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used page 5 30 NOTE To prevent the jack and tool from rattling store them properly 7 13 In Case of an Emergency Overheating If the High engine coolant temperature warning light illuminates the ve
440. work as a part of the supplemental restraint system This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat the system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off Mazda strongly recommends that children be properly restrained and child restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear seats which are the best place for children For more details refer to Front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 61 2 30 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint A WARNING Use the correct size child restraint system For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops a child must be properly restrained using a seat belt or child restraint system depending on age and size If not the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident Follow the manufacturer s instructions and always keep the child restraint system buckled down An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Make sure any child restraint system
441. y available non impedance 3 5 stereo mini plug cable Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details In addition audio can be played from the vehicle s audio unit by connecting USB device or an iPod to the USB port Refer to AUX USB iPod Mode on page 6 50 Interior Comfort Audio System 6 45 Interior Comfort Audio System YW Error Indications If you see an error indication on the display find the cause in the chart If you cannot clear the error indication take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Indication Cause Solution Depending on the surrounding conditions such as large trees build ion b fr ibl ings or tunnels and special Improve recephon oy moving away Fom possIo e ACQUIRING J obstructions If the error indication continues to display weather conditions consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer SIRIUS radio reception i may be diminished or temporarily interrupted Satellite radio antenna Check the satellite radio antenna antenna cable and ANTENNA FAIL malfunction DLP antenna connector If the error indication continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer SX Insert the CD properly If the error indication continues RIDES mserted Upside dowh to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CHECK CD Insert another CD properly If the error indication CD is defective continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Ifa broken DLP unit is re
442. zda may be required to replace or repurchase the vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b creates a presumption that Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18 000 miles on the vehicle s odometer whichever occurs first one or more of the following occurs e The same nonconformity a failure to conform to the written warranty that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND the nonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agents AND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the nonconformity OR The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or its agents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the nonconformity OR The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or its agents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of the vehicle to the buyer e NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 ATTN Customer Mediation The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE repairs reimbursement for money paid to re

Mazda MAZDA5 Owner's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents